Mercurial > vim
annotate src/gui_mac.c @ 15984:9a4cfad3713a
Added tag v8.1.0997 for changeset e73ed0e3faac8bd36bf73c8196bebb0e636bf2f2
| author | Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Thu, 07 Mar 2019 06:45:10 +0100 |
| parents | ddd82b1c9e9d |
| children | cd5c83115ec6 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
|
10042
4aead6a9b7a9
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/edf3f97ae2af024708ebb4ac614227327033ca47
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9939
diff
changeset
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet: |
| 7 | 2 * |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * GUI/Motif support by Robert Webb | |
| 5 * Macintosh port by Dany St-Amant | |
| 6 * and Axel Kielhorn | |
| 1106 | 7 * Port to MPW by Bernhard Pruemmer |
| 7 | 8 * Initial Carbon port by Ammon Skidmore |
| 9 * | |
| 10 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 11 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 12 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 13 */ | |
| 14 | |
| 15 /* | |
| 593 | 16 * NOTES: - Vim 7+ does not support classic MacOS. Please use Vim 6.x |
| 856 | 17 * - Comments mentioning FAQ refer to the book: |
| 18 * "Macworld Mac Programming FAQs" from "IDG Books" | |
| 7 | 19 */ |
| 20 | |
| 21 /* | |
| 22 * TODO: Change still to merge from the macvim's iDisk | |
| 23 * | |
| 24 * error_ga, mch_errmsg, Navigation's changes in gui_mch_browse | |
| 25 * uses of MenuItemIndex, changes in gui_mch_set_shellsize, | |
| 26 * ScrapManager error handling. | |
| 27 * Comments about function remaining to Carbonize. | |
| 28 * | |
| 29 */ | |
| 30 | |
| 1107 | 31 /* TODO (Jussi) |
| 32 * * Clipboard does not work (at least some cases) | |
| 33 * * ATSU font rendering has some problems | |
| 34 * * Investigate and remove dead code (there is still lots of that) | |
| 35 */ | |
| 7 | 36 |
| 37 #include <Devices.h> /* included first to avoid CR problems */ | |
| 38 #include "vim.h" | |
| 39 | |
| 593 | 40 #define USE_CARBONIZED |
| 41 #define USE_AEVENT /* Enable AEVENT */ | |
| 42 #undef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW /* Debugging feature: start Vim window OFFSETed */ | |
| 7 | 43 |
| 4352 | 44 /* Compile as CodeWarrior External Editor */ |
| 7 | 45 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) && !defined(USE_AEVENT) |
| 46 # define USE_AEVENT /* Need Apple Event Support */ | |
| 47 #endif | |
| 48 | |
| 9 | 49 /* Vim's Scrap flavor. */ |
| 50 #define VIMSCRAPFLAVOR 'VIM!' | |
|
15595
1ec942f1b648
patch 8.1.0805: too many #ifdefs
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
15470
diff
changeset
|
51 #define SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR kScrapFlavorTypeUnicode |
| 9 | 52 |
| 7 | 53 static EventHandlerUPP mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL; |
| 593 | 54 SInt32 gMacSystemVersion; |
| 55 | |
| 766 | 56 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 57 # define USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER | |
| 1562 | 58 |
| 59 static int im_is_active = FALSE; | |
|
13950
741b1feeac9f
patch 8.0.1845: various comment updates needed, missing white space
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13380
diff
changeset
|
60 # if 0 |
| 1702 | 61 /* TODO: Implement me! */ |
| 1562 | 62 static int im_start_row = 0; |
| 63 static int im_start_col = 0; | |
|
13950
741b1feeac9f
patch 8.0.1845: various comment updates needed, missing white space
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13380
diff
changeset
|
64 # endif |
|
741b1feeac9f
patch 8.0.1845: various comment updates needed, missing white space
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13380
diff
changeset
|
65 |
|
741b1feeac9f
patch 8.0.1845: various comment updates needed, missing white space
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13380
diff
changeset
|
66 # define NR_ELEMS(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof(x[0])) |
| 1562 | 67 |
| 68 static TSMDocumentID gTSMDocument; | |
| 69 | |
| 70 static void im_on_window_switch(int active); | |
| 168 | 71 static EventHandlerUPP keyEventHandlerUPP = NULL; |
| 1562 | 72 static EventHandlerUPP winEventHandlerUPP = NULL; |
| 73 | |
| 74 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_handle_window_activate( | |
| 75 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent, void *data); | |
| 76 | |
| 77 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_handle_text_input( | |
| 78 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent, void *data); | |
| 79 | |
| 80 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_update_input_area( | |
| 81 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent); | |
| 82 | |
| 83 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_unicode_key_event( | |
| 84 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent); | |
| 85 | |
| 168 | 86 #endif |
| 87 | |
| 7 | 88 |
| 89 /* Include some file. TODO: move into os_mac.h */ | |
| 90 #include <Menus.h> | |
| 91 #include <Resources.h> | |
| 92 #include <Processes.h> | |
| 93 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 94 # include <AppleEvents.h> | |
| 95 # include <AERegistry.h> | |
| 96 #endif | |
| 97 # include <Gestalt.h> | |
| 98 #if UNIVERSAL_INTERFACES_VERSION >= 0x0330 | |
| 99 # include <ControlDefinitions.h> | |
| 100 # include <Navigation.h> /* Navigation only part of ?? */ | |
| 101 #endif | |
| 102 | |
| 593 | 103 /* Help Manager (balloon.h, HM prefixed functions) are not supported |
| 104 * under Carbon (Jussi) */ | |
| 105 # if 0 | |
| 7 | 106 /* New Help Interface for Mac, not implemented yet.*/ |
| 593 | 107 # include <MacHelp.h> |
| 108 # endif | |
| 7 | 109 |
| 110 /* | |
| 593 | 111 * These seem to be rectangle options. Why are they not found in |
| 112 * headers? (Jussi) | |
| 7 | 113 */ |
| 114 #define kNothing 0 | |
| 115 #define kCreateEmpty 2 /*1*/ | |
| 116 #define kCreateRect 2 | |
| 117 #define kDestroy 3 | |
| 118 | |
| 119 /* | |
| 120 * Dany: Don't like those... | |
| 121 */ | |
| 122 #define topLeft(r) (((Point*)&(r))[0]) | |
| 123 #define botRight(r) (((Point*)&(r))[1]) | |
| 124 | |
| 125 | |
| 126 /* Time of last mouse click, to detect double-click */ | |
| 127 static long lastMouseTick = 0; | |
| 128 | |
| 129 /* ??? */ | |
| 130 static RgnHandle cursorRgn; | |
| 131 static RgnHandle dragRgn; | |
| 132 static Rect dragRect; | |
| 133 static short dragRectEnbl; | |
| 134 static short dragRectControl; | |
| 135 | |
| 136 /* This variable is set when waiting for an event, which is the only moment | |
| 137 * scrollbar dragging can be done directly. It's not allowed while commands | |
| 138 * are executed, because it may move the cursor and that may cause unexpected | |
| 139 * problems (e.g., while ":s" is working). | |
| 140 */ | |
| 141 static int allow_scrollbar = FALSE; | |
| 142 | |
| 143 /* Last mouse click caused contextual menu, (to provide proper release) */ | |
| 144 static short clickIsPopup; | |
| 145 | |
| 146 /* Feedback Action for Scrollbar */ | |
| 147 ControlActionUPP gScrollAction; | |
| 148 ControlActionUPP gScrollDrag; | |
| 149 | |
| 150 /* Keeping track of which scrollbar is being dragged */ | |
| 151 static ControlHandle dragged_sb = NULL; | |
| 152 | |
| 1572 | 153 /* Vector of char_u --> control index for hotkeys in dialogs */ |
| 154 static short *gDialogHotKeys; | |
| 155 | |
| 13 | 156 static struct |
| 157 { | |
| 158 FMFontFamily family; | |
| 159 FMFontSize size; | |
| 160 FMFontStyle style; | |
| 161 Boolean isPanelVisible; | |
| 162 } gFontPanelInfo = { 0, 0, 0, false }; | |
| 593 | 163 |
| 766 | 164 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 165 # define USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 1562 | 166 int p_macatsui_last; |
| 168 | 167 ATSUStyle gFontStyle; |
| 1562 | 168 ATSUStyle gWideFontStyle; |
| 168 | 169 Boolean gIsFontFallbackSet; |
|
2327
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
170 UInt32 useAntialias_cached = 0x0; |
| 168 | 171 #endif |
| 172 | |
| 7 | 173 /* Colors Macros */ |
| 174 #define RGB(r,g,b) ((r) << 16) + ((g) << 8) + (b) | |
| 175 #define Red(c) ((c & 0x00FF0000) >> 16) | |
| 176 #define Green(c) ((c & 0x0000FF00) >> 8) | |
| 177 #define Blue(c) ((c & 0x000000FF) >> 0) | |
| 178 | |
| 179 /* Key mapping */ | |
| 180 | |
| 181 #define vk_Esc 0x35 /* -> 1B */ | |
| 182 | |
| 183 #define vk_F1 0x7A /* -> 10 */ | |
| 184 #define vk_F2 0x78 /*0x63*/ | |
| 185 #define vk_F3 0x63 /*0x76*/ | |
| 186 #define vk_F4 0x76 /*0x60*/ | |
| 187 #define vk_F5 0x60 /*0x61*/ | |
| 188 #define vk_F6 0x61 /*0x62*/ | |
| 189 #define vk_F7 0x62 /*0x63*/ /*?*/ | |
| 190 #define vk_F8 0x64 | |
| 191 #define vk_F9 0x65 | |
| 192 #define vk_F10 0x6D | |
| 193 #define vk_F11 0x67 | |
| 194 #define vk_F12 0x6F | |
| 195 #define vk_F13 0x69 | |
| 196 #define vk_F14 0x6B | |
| 197 #define vk_F15 0x71 | |
| 198 | |
| 199 #define vk_Clr 0x47 /* -> 1B (ESC) */ | |
| 200 #define vk_Enter 0x4C /* -> 03 */ | |
| 201 | |
| 202 #define vk_Space 0x31 /* -> 20 */ | |
| 203 #define vk_Tab 0x30 /* -> 09 */ | |
| 204 #define vk_Return 0x24 /* -> 0D */ | |
| 205 /* This is wrong for OSX, what is it for? */ | |
| 206 #define vk_Delete 0X08 /* -> 08 BackSpace */ | |
| 207 | |
| 208 #define vk_Help 0x72 /* -> 05 */ | |
| 209 #define vk_Home 0x73 /* -> 01 */ | |
| 210 #define vk_PageUp 0x74 /* -> 0D */ | |
| 211 #define vk_FwdDelete 0x75 /* -> 7F */ | |
| 212 #define vk_End 0x77 /* -> 04 */ | |
| 213 #define vk_PageDown 0x79 /* -> 0C */ | |
| 214 | |
| 215 #define vk_Up 0x7E /* -> 1E */ | |
| 216 #define vk_Down 0x7D /* -> 1F */ | |
| 217 #define vk_Left 0x7B /* -> 1C */ | |
| 218 #define vk_Right 0x7C /* -> 1D */ | |
| 219 | |
| 220 #define vk_Undo vk_F1 | |
| 221 #define vk_Cut vk_F2 | |
| 222 #define vk_Copy vk_F3 | |
| 223 #define vk_Paste vk_F4 | |
| 224 #define vk_PrintScreen vk_F13 | |
| 225 #define vk_SCrollLock vk_F14 | |
| 226 #define vk_Pause vk_F15 | |
| 227 #define vk_NumLock vk_Clr | |
| 228 #define vk_Insert vk_Help | |
| 229 | |
| 230 #define KeySym char | |
| 231 | |
| 232 static struct | |
| 233 { | |
| 234 KeySym key_sym; | |
| 235 char_u vim_code0; | |
| 236 char_u vim_code1; | |
| 237 } special_keys[] = | |
| 238 { | |
| 239 {vk_Up, 'k', 'u'}, | |
| 240 {vk_Down, 'k', 'd'}, | |
| 241 {vk_Left, 'k', 'l'}, | |
| 242 {vk_Right, 'k', 'r'}, | |
| 243 | |
| 244 {vk_F1, 'k', '1'}, | |
| 245 {vk_F2, 'k', '2'}, | |
| 246 {vk_F3, 'k', '3'}, | |
| 247 {vk_F4, 'k', '4'}, | |
| 248 {vk_F5, 'k', '5'}, | |
| 249 {vk_F6, 'k', '6'}, | |
| 250 {vk_F7, 'k', '7'}, | |
| 251 {vk_F8, 'k', '8'}, | |
| 252 {vk_F9, 'k', '9'}, | |
| 253 {vk_F10, 'k', ';'}, | |
| 254 | |
| 255 {vk_F11, 'F', '1'}, | |
| 256 {vk_F12, 'F', '2'}, | |
| 257 {vk_F13, 'F', '3'}, | |
| 258 {vk_F14, 'F', '4'}, | |
| 259 {vk_F15, 'F', '5'}, | |
| 260 | |
| 261 /* {XK_Help, '%', '1'}, */ | |
| 262 /* {XK_Undo, '&', '8'}, */ | |
| 263 /* {XK_BackSpace, 'k', 'b'}, */ | |
|
12716
351cf7c67bbe
patch 8.0.1236: Mac features are confusing
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12515
diff
changeset
|
264 /* {vk_Delete, 'k', 'b'}, */ |
| 7 | 265 {vk_Insert, 'k', 'I'}, |
| 266 {vk_FwdDelete, 'k', 'D'}, | |
| 267 {vk_Home, 'k', 'h'}, | |
| 268 {vk_End, '@', '7'}, | |
| 269 /* {XK_Prior, 'k', 'P'}, */ | |
| 270 /* {XK_Next, 'k', 'N'}, */ | |
| 271 /* {XK_Print, '%', '9'}, */ | |
| 272 | |
| 273 {vk_PageUp, 'k', 'P'}, | |
| 274 {vk_PageDown, 'k', 'N'}, | |
| 275 | |
| 276 /* End of list marker: */ | |
| 277 {(KeySym)0, 0, 0} | |
| 278 }; | |
| 279 | |
| 280 /* | |
| 281 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 282 * Forward declaration (for those needed) | |
| 283 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 284 */ | |
| 285 | |
| 286 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 9 | 287 OSErr HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent); |
| 7 | 288 #endif |
| 289 | |
| 1106 | 290 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 291 static void initialise_tabline(void); | |
| 292 static WindowRef drawer = NULL; // TODO: put into gui.h | |
| 293 #endif | |
| 294 | |
| 1562 | 295 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 296 static void gui_mac_set_font_attributes(GuiFont font); | |
| 297 #endif | |
| 298 | |
| 7 | 299 /* |
| 300 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 301 * Conversion Utility | |
| 302 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 303 */ | |
| 304 | |
| 305 /* | |
| 306 * C2Pascal_save | |
| 307 * | |
| 308 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in | |
| 309 * into a pascal string | |
| 310 * | |
| 311 */ | |
| 312 | |
| 593 | 313 char_u * |
| 314 C2Pascal_save(char_u *Cstring) | |
| 7 | 315 { |
| 316 char_u *PascalString; | |
| 317 int len; | |
| 318 | |
| 319 if (Cstring == NULL) | |
| 320 return NULL; | |
| 321 | |
| 322 len = STRLEN(Cstring); | |
| 323 | |
| 324 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */ | |
| 325 len = 255; | |
| 326 | |
| 327 PascalString = alloc(len + 1); | |
| 328 if (PascalString != NULL) | |
| 329 { | |
| 330 mch_memmove(PascalString + 1, Cstring, len); | |
| 331 PascalString[0] = len; | |
| 332 } | |
| 333 | |
| 334 return PascalString; | |
| 335 } | |
| 336 | |
| 337 /* | |
| 338 * C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash | |
| 339 * | |
| 340 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in | |
| 341 * into a pascal string. Also remove the backslash at the same time | |
| 342 * | |
| 343 */ | |
| 344 | |
| 593 | 345 char_u * |
| 346 C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(char_u *Cstring) | |
| 7 | 347 { |
| 348 char_u *PascalString; | |
| 349 int len; | |
| 350 char_u *p, *c; | |
| 351 | |
| 352 len = STRLEN(Cstring); | |
| 353 | |
| 354 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */ | |
| 355 len = 255; | |
| 356 | |
| 357 PascalString = alloc(len + 1); | |
| 358 if (PascalString != NULL) | |
| 359 { | |
| 360 for (c = Cstring, p = PascalString+1, len = 0; (*c != 0) && (len < 255); c++) | |
| 361 { | |
| 362 if ((*c == '\\') && (c[1] != 0)) | |
| 363 { | |
| 364 c++; | |
| 365 } | |
| 366 *p = *c; | |
| 367 p++; | |
| 368 len++; | |
| 369 } | |
| 370 PascalString[0] = len; | |
| 371 } | |
| 372 | |
| 373 return PascalString; | |
| 374 } | |
| 375 | |
| 376 /* | |
| 377 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (mouse) | |
| 378 */ | |
| 379 | |
| 380 int_u | |
| 381 EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers) | |
| 382 { | |
| 383 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00; | |
| 384 | |
| 385 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey)) | |
| 386 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_SHIFT; | |
| 387 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey)) | |
| 388 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CTRL; | |
| 389 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey)) | |
| 390 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_ALT; | |
| 391 #if 0 | |
| 392 /* Not yet supported */ | |
| 393 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */ | |
| 394 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CMD; | |
| 395 #endif | |
| 396 return (vimModifiers); | |
| 397 } | |
| 398 | |
| 399 /* | |
| 400 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (keys) | |
| 401 */ | |
| 402 | |
| 403 static int_u | |
| 404 EventModifiers2VimModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers) | |
| 405 { | |
| 406 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00; | |
| 407 | |
| 408 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey)) | |
| 409 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 410 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey)) | |
| 411 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 412 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey)) | |
| 413 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT; | |
| 414 #ifdef USE_CMD_KEY | |
| 415 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */ | |
| 416 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CMD; | |
| 417 #endif | |
| 418 return (vimModifiers); | |
| 419 } | |
| 420 | |
| 421 /* Convert a string representing a point size into pixels. The string should | |
| 422 * be a positive decimal number, with an optional decimal point (eg, "12", or | |
| 423 * "10.5"). The pixel value is returned, and a pointer to the next unconverted | |
| 424 * character is stored in *end. The flag "vertical" says whether this | |
| 425 * calculation is for a vertical (height) size or a horizontal (width) one. | |
| 426 * | |
| 427 * From gui_w48.c | |
| 428 */ | |
| 429 static int | |
| 430 points_to_pixels(char_u *str, char_u **end, int vertical) | |
| 431 { | |
| 432 int pixels; | |
| 433 int points = 0; | |
| 434 int divisor = 0; | |
| 435 | |
| 436 while (*str) | |
| 437 { | |
| 438 if (*str == '.' && divisor == 0) | |
| 439 { | |
| 440 /* Start keeping a divisor, for later */ | |
| 441 divisor = 1; | |
| 442 continue; | |
| 443 } | |
| 444 | |
| 445 if (!isdigit(*str)) | |
| 446 break; | |
| 447 | |
| 448 points *= 10; | |
| 449 points += *str - '0'; | |
| 450 divisor *= 10; | |
| 451 | |
| 452 ++str; | |
| 453 } | |
| 454 | |
| 455 if (divisor == 0) | |
| 456 divisor = 1; | |
| 457 | |
| 458 pixels = points/divisor; | |
| 459 *end = str; | |
| 460 return pixels; | |
| 461 } | |
| 462 | |
| 766 | 463 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 464 /* |
| 465 * Deletes all traces of any Windows-style mnemonic text (including any | |
| 466 * parentheses) from a menu item and returns the cleaned menu item title. | |
| 467 * The caller is responsible for releasing the returned string. | |
| 468 */ | |
| 469 static CFStringRef | |
| 593 | 470 menu_title_removing_mnemonic(vimmenu_T *menu) |
| 168 | 471 { |
| 472 CFStringRef name; | |
| 473 size_t menuTitleLen; | |
| 474 CFIndex displayLen; | |
| 475 CFRange mnemonicStart; | |
| 476 CFRange mnemonicEnd; | |
| 477 CFMutableStringRef cleanedName; | |
| 478 | |
| 479 menuTitleLen = STRLEN(menu->dname); | |
| 1621 | 480 name = (CFStringRef) mac_enc_to_cfstring(menu->dname, menuTitleLen); |
| 168 | 481 |
| 482 if (name) | |
| 483 { | |
| 484 /* Simple mnemonic-removal algorithm, assumes single parenthesized | |
| 485 * mnemonic character towards the end of the menu text */ | |
| 486 mnemonicStart = CFStringFind(name, CFSTR("("), kCFCompareBackwards); | |
| 487 displayLen = CFStringGetLength(name); | |
| 488 | |
| 489 if (mnemonicStart.location != kCFNotFound | |
| 490 && (mnemonicStart.location + 2) < displayLen | |
| 491 && CFStringGetCharacterAtIndex(name, | |
| 492 mnemonicStart.location + 1) == (UniChar)menu->mnemonic) | |
| 493 { | |
| 494 if (CFStringFindWithOptions(name, CFSTR(")"), | |
| 495 CFRangeMake(mnemonicStart.location + 1, | |
| 496 displayLen - mnemonicStart.location - 1), | |
| 497 kCFCompareBackwards, &mnemonicEnd) && | |
| 498 (mnemonicStart.location + 2) == mnemonicEnd.location) | |
| 499 { | |
| 500 cleanedName = CFStringCreateMutableCopy(NULL, 0, name); | |
| 501 if (cleanedName) | |
| 502 { | |
| 503 CFStringDelete(cleanedName, | |
| 504 CFRangeMake(mnemonicStart.location, | |
| 505 mnemonicEnd.location + 1 - | |
| 506 mnemonicStart.location)); | |
| 507 | |
| 508 CFRelease(name); | |
| 509 name = cleanedName; | |
| 510 } | |
| 511 } | |
| 512 } | |
| 513 } | |
| 514 | |
| 515 return name; | |
| 516 } | |
| 517 #endif | |
| 518 | |
| 7 | 519 /* |
| 520 * Convert a list of FSSpec aliases into a list of fullpathname | |
| 521 * character strings. | |
| 522 */ | |
| 523 | |
| 593 | 524 char_u ** |
| 525 new_fnames_from_AEDesc(AEDesc *theList, long *numFiles, OSErr *error) | |
| 7 | 526 { |
| 527 char_u **fnames = NULL; | |
| 528 OSErr newError; | |
| 529 long fileCount; | |
| 530 FSSpec fileToOpen; | |
| 531 long actualSize; | |
| 532 AEKeyword dummyKeyword; | |
| 533 DescType dummyType; | |
| 534 | |
| 535 /* Get number of files in list */ | |
| 536 *error = AECountItems(theList, numFiles); | |
| 537 if (*error) | |
| 1107 | 538 return fnames; |
| 7 | 539 |
| 540 /* Allocate the pointer list */ | |
| 541 fnames = (char_u **) alloc(*numFiles * sizeof(char_u *)); | |
| 542 | |
| 543 /* Empty out the list */ | |
| 544 for (fileCount = 0; fileCount < *numFiles; fileCount++) | |
| 545 fnames[fileCount] = NULL; | |
| 546 | |
| 547 /* Scan the list of FSSpec */ | |
| 548 for (fileCount = 1; fileCount <= *numFiles; fileCount++) | |
| 549 { | |
| 550 /* Get the alias for the nth file, convert to an FSSpec */ | |
| 551 newError = AEGetNthPtr(theList, fileCount, typeFSS, | |
| 552 &dummyKeyword, &dummyType, | |
| 553 (Ptr) &fileToOpen, sizeof(FSSpec), &actualSize); | |
| 554 if (newError) | |
| 555 { | |
| 556 /* Caller is able to clean up */ | |
| 557 /* TODO: Should be clean up or not? For safety. */ | |
| 1107 | 558 return fnames; |
| 7 | 559 } |
| 560 | |
| 561 /* Convert the FSSpec to a pathname */ | |
| 9 | 562 fnames[fileCount - 1] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(fileToOpen); |
| 7 | 563 } |
| 564 | |
| 565 return (fnames); | |
| 566 } | |
| 567 | |
| 568 /* | |
| 569 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 570 * CodeWarrior External Editor Support | |
| 571 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 572 */ | |
| 573 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR | |
| 574 | |
| 575 /* | |
| 576 * Handle the Window Search event from CodeWarrior | |
| 577 * | |
| 578 * Description | |
| 579 * ----------- | |
| 580 * | |
| 581 * The IDE sends the Window Search AppleEvent to the editor when it | |
| 582 * needs to know whether a particular file is open in the editor. | |
| 583 * | |
| 584 * Event Reply | |
| 585 * ----------- | |
| 586 * | |
| 587 * None. Put data in the location specified in the structure received. | |
| 588 * | |
| 589 * Remarks | |
| 590 * ------- | |
| 591 * | |
| 592 * When the editor receives this event, determine whether the specified | |
| 593 * file is open. If it is, return the modification date/time for that file | |
| 594 * in the appropriate location specified in the structure. If the file is | |
| 9 | 595 * not opened, put the value fnfErr(file not found) in that location. |
| 7 | 596 * |
| 597 */ | |
| 598 | |
| 599 typedef struct WindowSearch WindowSearch; | |
| 600 struct WindowSearch /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'SRCH', keyDirectObject typeChar*/ | |
| 601 { | |
| 602 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file | |
| 603 long *theDate; // where to put the modification date/time | |
| 604 }; | |
| 605 | |
| 9 | 606 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 607 Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE( |
| 608 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 609 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 610 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 611 { |
| 612 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 613 buf_T *buf; | |
| 614 int foundFile = false; | |
| 615 DescType typeCode; | |
| 616 WindowSearch SearchData; | |
| 617 Size actualSize; | |
| 618 | |
| 619 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &SearchData, sizeof(WindowSearch), &actualSize); | |
| 620 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 621 return error; |
| 7 | 622 |
| 9 | 623 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 7 | 624 if (error) |
| 1107 | 625 return error; |
| 7 | 626 |
|
9649
fd9727ae3c49
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/2932359000b2f918d5fade79ea4d124d5943cd07
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9428
diff
changeset
|
627 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) |
| 7 | 628 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL |
| 629 && SearchData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID | |
| 630 && SearchData.theFile.name[0] == buf->b_FSSpec.name[0] | |
| 631 && STRNCMP(SearchData.theFile.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name[0] + 1) == 0) | |
| 632 { | |
| 633 foundFile = true; | |
| 634 break; | |
| 635 } | |
| 636 | |
| 637 if (foundFile == false) | |
| 638 *SearchData.theDate = fnfErr; | |
| 639 else | |
| 640 *SearchData.theDate = buf->b_mtime; | |
| 641 | |
| 642 return error; | |
| 643 }; | |
| 644 | |
| 645 /* | |
| 646 * Handle the Modified (from IDE to Editor) event from CodeWarrior | |
| 647 * | |
| 648 * Description | |
| 649 * ----------- | |
| 650 * | |
| 651 * The IDE sends this event to the external editor when it wants to | |
| 652 * know which files that are open in the editor have been modified. | |
| 653 * | |
| 654 * Parameters None. | |
| 655 * ---------- | |
| 656 * | |
| 657 * Event Reply | |
| 658 * ----------- | |
| 659 * The reply for this event is: | |
| 660 * | |
| 661 * keyDirectObject typeAEList required | |
| 662 * each element in the list is a structure of typeChar | |
| 663 * | |
| 664 * Remarks | |
| 665 * ------- | |
| 666 * | |
| 667 * When building the reply event, include one element in the list for | |
| 668 * each open file that has been modified. | |
| 669 * | |
| 670 */ | |
| 671 | |
| 672 typedef struct ModificationInfo ModificationInfo; | |
| 673 struct ModificationInfo /* for replying to class 'KAHL', event 'MOD ', keyDirectObject typeAEList*/ | |
| 674 { | |
| 675 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file | |
| 676 long theDate; // the date/time the file was last modified | |
| 677 short saved; // set this to zero when replying, unused | |
| 678 }; | |
| 679 | |
| 9 | 680 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 681 Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE( |
| 682 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 683 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 684 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 685 { |
| 686 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 687 AEDescList replyList; | |
| 688 long numFiles; | |
| 689 ModificationInfo theFile; | |
| 690 buf_T *buf; | |
| 691 | |
| 692 theFile.saved = 0; | |
| 693 | |
| 9 | 694 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 7 | 695 if (error) |
| 1107 | 696 return error; |
| 7 | 697 |
| 698 /* Send the reply */ | |
| 699 /* replyObject.descriptorType = typeNull; | |
| 700 replyObject.dataHandle = nil;*/ | |
| 701 | |
| 702 /* AECreateDesc(typeChar, (Ptr)&title[1], title[0], &data) */ | |
| 703 error = AECreateList(nil, 0, false, &replyList); | |
| 704 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 705 return error; |
| 7 | 706 |
| 707 #if 0 | |
| 708 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles); | |
| 9 | 709 |
| 710 /* AEPutKeyDesc(&replyList, keyAEPnject, &aDesc) | |
| 711 * AEPutKeyPtr(&replyList, keyAEPosition, typeChar, (Ptr)&theType, | |
| 7 | 712 * sizeof(DescType)) |
| 713 */ | |
| 714 | |
| 715 /* AEPutDesc */ | |
| 716 #endif | |
| 717 | |
| 718 numFiles = 0; | |
|
9649
fd9727ae3c49
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/2932359000b2f918d5fade79ea4d124d5943cd07
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9428
diff
changeset
|
719 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) |
| 7 | 720 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) |
| 721 { | |
| 722 /* Add this file to the list */ | |
| 723 theFile.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec; | |
| 724 theFile.theDate = buf->b_mtime; | |
| 9 | 725 /* theFile.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0; */ |
| 726 error = AEPutPtr(&replyList, numFiles, typeChar, (Ptr) &theFile, sizeof(theFile)); | |
| 7 | 727 }; |
| 728 | |
| 729 #if 0 | |
| 730 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles); | |
| 731 #endif | |
| 732 | |
| 733 /* We can add data only if something to reply */ | |
| 9 | 734 error = AEPutParamDesc(theReply, keyDirectObject, &replyList); |
| 7 | 735 |
| 736 if (replyList.dataHandle) | |
| 737 AEDisposeDesc(&replyList); | |
| 738 | |
| 739 return error; | |
| 740 }; | |
| 741 | |
| 742 /* | |
| 743 * Handle the Get Text event from CodeWarrior | |
| 744 * | |
| 745 * Description | |
| 746 * ----------- | |
| 747 * | |
| 748 * The IDE sends the Get Text AppleEvent to the editor when it needs | |
| 749 * the source code from a file. For example, when the user issues a | |
| 750 * Check Syntax or Compile command, the compiler needs access to | |
| 751 * the source code contained in the file. | |
| 752 * | |
| 753 * Event Reply | |
| 754 * ----------- | |
| 755 * | |
| 756 * None. Put data in locations specified in the structure received. | |
| 757 * | |
| 758 * Remarks | |
| 759 * ------- | |
| 760 * | |
| 761 * When the editor receives this event, it must set the size of the handle | |
| 762 * in theText to fit the data in the file. It must then copy the entire | |
| 763 * contents of the specified file into the memory location specified in | |
| 764 * theText. | |
| 765 * | |
| 766 */ | |
| 767 | |
| 768 typedef struct CW_GetText CW_GetText; | |
| 769 struct CW_GetText /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'GTTX', keyDirectObject typeChar*/ | |
| 770 { | |
| 771 FSSpec theFile; /* identifies the file */ | |
| 772 Handle theText; /* the location where you return the text (must be resized properly) */ | |
| 773 long *unused; /* 0 (not used) */ | |
| 774 long *theDate; /* where to put the modification date/time */ | |
| 775 }; | |
| 776 | |
| 9 | 777 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 778 Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE( |
| 779 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 780 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 781 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 782 { |
| 783 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 784 buf_T *buf; | |
| 785 int foundFile = false; | |
| 786 DescType typeCode; | |
| 787 CW_GetText GetTextData; | |
| 788 Size actualSize; | |
| 789 char_u *line; | |
| 790 char_u *fullbuffer = NULL; | |
| 791 long linesize; | |
| 792 long lineStart; | |
| 793 long BufferSize; | |
| 794 long lineno; | |
| 795 | |
| 796 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &GetTextData, sizeof(GetTextData), &actualSize); | |
| 797 | |
| 798 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 799 return error; |
| 7 | 800 |
|
9649
fd9727ae3c49
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/2932359000b2f918d5fade79ea4d124d5943cd07
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9428
diff
changeset
|
801 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) |
| 7 | 802 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) |
| 803 if (GetTextData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID) | |
| 804 { | |
| 805 foundFile = true; | |
| 806 break; | |
| 807 } | |
| 808 | |
| 809 if (foundFile) | |
| 810 { | |
| 9 | 811 BufferSize = 0; /* GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText); */ |
| 7 | 812 for (lineno = 0; lineno <= buf->b_ml.ml_line_count; lineno++) |
| 813 { | |
| 814 /* Must use the right buffer */ | |
| 815 line = ml_get_buf(buf, (linenr_T) lineno, FALSE); | |
| 816 linesize = STRLEN(line) + 1; | |
| 817 lineStart = BufferSize; | |
| 818 BufferSize += linesize; | |
| 819 /* Resize handle to linesize+1 to include the linefeed */ | |
| 9 | 820 SetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText, BufferSize); |
| 821 if (GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText) != BufferSize) | |
| 7 | 822 { |
| 823 break; /* Simple handling for now */ | |
| 824 } | |
| 825 else | |
| 826 { | |
| 9 | 827 HLock(GetTextData.theText); |
| 7 | 828 fullbuffer = (char_u *) *GetTextData.theText; |
| 9 | 829 STRCPY((char_u *)(fullbuffer + lineStart), line); |
| 7 | 830 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = '\r'; |
| 9 | 831 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText); |
| 7 | 832 } |
| 833 } | |
| 834 if (fullbuffer != NULL) | |
| 835 { | |
| 9 | 836 HLock(GetTextData.theText); |
| 7 | 837 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = 0; |
| 9 | 838 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText); |
| 7 | 839 } |
| 840 if (foundFile == false) | |
| 841 *GetTextData.theDate = fnfErr; | |
| 842 else | |
| 9 | 843 /* *GetTextData.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0;*/ |
| 7 | 844 *GetTextData.theDate = buf->b_mtime; |
| 845 } | |
| 9 | 846 |
| 847 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); | |
| 1107 | 848 |
| 849 return error; | |
| 7 | 850 } |
| 851 | |
| 852 /* | |
| 853 * | |
| 854 */ | |
| 855 | |
| 856 /* Taken from MoreAppleEvents:ProcessHelpers*/ | |
| 593 | 857 pascal OSErr |
| 858 FindProcessBySignature( | |
| 859 const OSType targetType, | |
| 860 const OSType targetCreator, | |
| 861 ProcessSerialNumberPtr psnPtr) | |
| 7 | 862 { |
| 863 OSErr anErr = noErr; | |
| 864 Boolean lookingForProcess = true; | |
| 865 | |
| 866 ProcessInfoRec infoRec; | |
| 867 | |
| 9 | 868 infoRec.processInfoLength = sizeof(ProcessInfoRec); |
| 7 | 869 infoRec.processName = nil; |
| 870 infoRec.processAppSpec = nil; | |
| 871 | |
| 872 psnPtr->lowLongOfPSN = kNoProcess; | |
| 873 psnPtr->highLongOfPSN = kNoProcess; | |
| 874 | |
| 9 | 875 while (lookingForProcess) |
| 7 | 876 { |
| 9 | 877 anErr = GetNextProcess(psnPtr); |
| 878 if (anErr != noErr) | |
| 7 | 879 lookingForProcess = false; |
| 880 else | |
| 881 { | |
| 9 | 882 anErr = GetProcessInformation(psnPtr, &infoRec); |
| 883 if ((anErr == noErr) | |
| 884 && (infoRec.processType == targetType) | |
| 885 && (infoRec.processSignature == targetCreator)) | |
| 7 | 886 lookingForProcess = false; |
| 887 } | |
| 888 } | |
| 889 | |
| 890 return anErr; | |
| 891 }//end FindProcessBySignature | |
| 892 | |
| 9 | 893 void |
| 894 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf_T *buf) | |
| 7 | 895 { |
| 9 | 896 OSErr anErr = noErr; |
| 897 AEDesc targetAppDesc = { typeNull, nil }; | |
| 7 | 898 ProcessSerialNumber psn = { kNoProcess, kNoProcess }; |
| 899 AppleEvent theReply = { typeNull, nil }; | |
| 900 AESendMode sendMode; | |
| 901 AppleEvent theEvent = {typeNull, nil }; | |
| 902 AEIdleUPP idleProcUPP = nil; | |
| 903 ModificationInfo ModData; | |
| 904 | |
| 905 | |
| 9 | 906 anErr = FindProcessBySignature('APPL', 'CWIE', &psn); |
| 907 if (anErr == noErr) | |
| 7 | 908 { |
| 9 | 909 anErr = AECreateDesc(typeProcessSerialNumber, &psn, |
| 910 sizeof(ProcessSerialNumber), &targetAppDesc); | |
| 911 | |
| 912 if (anErr == noErr) | |
| 7 | 913 { |
| 914 anErr = AECreateAppleEvent( 'KAHL', 'MOD ', &targetAppDesc, | |
| 915 kAutoGenerateReturnID, kAnyTransactionID, &theEvent); | |
| 916 } | |
| 917 | |
| 9 | 918 AEDisposeDesc(&targetAppDesc); |
| 7 | 919 |
| 920 /* Add the parms */ | |
| 921 ModData.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec; | |
| 922 ModData.theDate = buf->b_mtime; | |
| 923 | |
| 924 if (anErr == noErr) | |
| 9 | 925 anErr = AEPutParamPtr(&theEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &ModData, sizeof(ModData)); |
| 926 | |
| 927 if (idleProcUPP == nil) | |
| 7 | 928 sendMode = kAENoReply; |
| 929 else | |
| 930 sendMode = kAEWaitReply; | |
| 931 | |
| 9 | 932 if (anErr == noErr) |
| 933 anErr = AESend(&theEvent, &theReply, sendMode, kAENormalPriority, kNoTimeOut, idleProcUPP, nil); | |
| 934 if (anErr == noErr && sendMode == kAEWaitReply) | |
| 7 | 935 { |
| 9 | 936 /* anErr = AEHGetHandlerError(&theReply);*/ |
| 7 | 937 } |
| 9 | 938 (void) AEDisposeDesc(&theReply); |
| 7 | 939 } |
| 940 } | |
| 941 #endif /* FEAT_CW_EDITOR */ | |
| 942 | |
| 943 /* | |
| 944 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 945 * Apple Event Handling procedure | |
| 946 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 947 */ | |
| 948 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 949 | |
| 950 /* | |
| 951 * Handle the Unused parms of an AppleEvent | |
| 952 */ | |
| 953 | |
| 9 | 954 OSErr |
| 955 HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent) | |
| 7 | 956 { |
| 957 OSErr error; | |
| 958 long actualSize; | |
| 959 DescType dummyType; | |
| 960 AEKeyword missedKeyword; | |
| 961 | |
| 962 /* Get the "missed keyword" attribute from the AppleEvent. */ | |
| 963 error = AEGetAttributePtr(theAEvent, keyMissedKeywordAttr, | |
| 964 typeKeyword, &dummyType, | |
| 965 (Ptr)&missedKeyword, sizeof(missedKeyword), | |
| 966 &actualSize); | |
| 967 | |
| 968 /* If the descriptor isn't found, then we got the required parameters. */ | |
| 969 if (error == errAEDescNotFound) | |
| 970 { | |
| 971 error = noErr; | |
| 972 } | |
| 973 else | |
| 974 { | |
| 975 #if 0 | |
| 976 /* Why is this removed? */ | |
| 977 error = errAEEventNotHandled; | |
| 978 #endif | |
| 979 } | |
| 980 | |
| 981 return error; | |
| 982 } | |
| 983 | |
| 984 | |
| 985 /* | |
| 986 * Handle the ODoc AppleEvent | |
| 987 * | |
| 988 * Deals with all files dragged to the application icon. | |
| 989 * | |
| 990 */ | |
| 991 | |
| 992 typedef struct SelectionRange SelectionRange; | |
| 993 struct SelectionRange /* for handling kCoreClassEvent:kOpenDocuments:keyAEPosition typeChar */ | |
| 994 { | |
| 995 short unused1; // 0 (not used) | |
| 996 short lineNum; // line to select (<0 to specify range) | |
| 997 long startRange; // start of selection range (if line < 0) | |
| 998 long endRange; // end of selection range (if line < 0) | |
| 999 long unused2; // 0 (not used) | |
| 1000 long theDate; // modification date/time | |
| 1001 }; | |
| 1002 | |
|
14428
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1003 static long drop_numFiles; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1004 static short drop_gotPosition; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1005 static SelectionRange drop_thePosition; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1006 |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1007 static void |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1008 drop_callback(void *cookie UNUSED) |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1009 { |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1010 /* TODO: Handle the goto/select line more cleanly */ |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1011 if ((drop_numFiles == 1) & (drop_gotPosition)) |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1012 { |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1013 if (drop_thePosition.lineNum >= 0) |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1014 { |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1015 lnum = drop_thePosition.lineNum + 1; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1016 /* oap->motion_type = MLINE; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1017 setpcmark();*/ |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1018 if (lnum < 1L) |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1019 lnum = 1L; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1020 else if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1021 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1022 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1023 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1024 /* beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX);*/ |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1025 } |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1026 else |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1027 goto_byte(drop_thePosition.startRange + 1); |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1028 } |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1029 |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1030 /* Update the screen display */ |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1031 update_screen(NOT_VALID); |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1032 |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1033 /* Select the text if possible */ |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1034 if (drop_gotPosition) |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1035 { |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1036 VIsual_active = TRUE; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1037 VIsual_select = FALSE; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1038 VIsual = curwin->w_cursor; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1039 if (drop_thePosition.lineNum < 0) |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1040 { |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1041 VIsual_mode = 'v'; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1042 goto_byte(drop_thePosition.endRange); |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1043 } |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1044 else |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1045 { |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1046 VIsual_mode = 'V'; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1047 VIsual.col = 0; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1048 } |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1049 } |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1050 } |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1051 |
| 7 | 1052 /* The IDE uses the optional keyAEPosition parameter to tell the ed- |
| 1053 itor the selection range. If lineNum is zero or greater, scroll the text | |
| 1054 to the specified line. If lineNum is less than zero, use the values in | |
| 1055 startRange and endRange to select the specified characters. Scroll | |
| 1056 the text to display the selection. If lineNum, startRange, and | |
| 1057 endRange are all negative, there is no selection range specified. | |
| 1058 */ | |
| 1059 | |
| 9 | 1060 pascal OSErr |
| 1061 HandleODocAE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1062 { |
| 1063 /* | |
| 1064 * TODO: Clean up the code with convert the AppleEvent into | |
| 1065 * a ":args" | |
| 1066 */ | |
| 1067 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1068 // OSErr firstError = noErr; | |
| 1069 // short numErrors = 0; | |
| 1070 AEDesc theList; | |
| 1071 DescType typeCode; | |
| 1072 long numFiles; | |
| 1073 // long fileCount; | |
| 1074 char_u **fnames; | |
| 1075 // char_u fname[256]; | |
| 1076 Size actualSize; | |
| 1077 SelectionRange thePosition; | |
| 1078 short gotPosition = false; | |
| 1079 long lnum; | |
| 1080 | |
| 1081 /* the direct object parameter is the list of aliases to files (one or more) */ | |
| 1082 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeAEList, &theList); | |
| 1083 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 1084 return error; |
| 7 | 1085 |
| 1086 | |
| 1087 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &thePosition, sizeof(SelectionRange), &actualSize); | |
| 1088 if (error == noErr) | |
| 1089 gotPosition = true; | |
| 1090 if (error == errAEDescNotFound) | |
| 1091 error = noErr; | |
| 1092 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 1093 return error; |
| 7 | 1094 |
| 1095 /* | |
| 1096 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &thePosition); | |
| 1097 | |
| 1098 if (^error) then | |
| 1099 { | |
| 1100 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0) | |
| 1101 { | |
| 1102 // Goto this line | |
| 1103 } | |
| 1104 else | |
| 1105 { | |
| 1106 // Set the range char wise | |
| 1107 } | |
| 1108 } | |
| 1109 */ | |
| 1110 | |
| 1111 reset_VIsual(); | |
| 1112 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&theList, &numFiles, &error); | |
| 1113 | |
| 1114 if (error) | |
| 1115 { | |
| 1116 /* TODO: empty fnames[] first */ | |
| 1117 vim_free(fnames); | |
| 1118 return (error); | |
| 1119 } | |
| 1120 | |
| 1121 if (starting > 0) | |
| 1122 { | |
| 1123 int i; | |
| 1124 char_u *p; | |
| 1409 | 1125 int fnum = -1; |
| 7 | 1126 |
| 1127 /* these are the initial files dropped on the Vim icon */ | |
| 1128 for (i = 0 ; i < numFiles; i++) | |
| 1129 { | |
| 1130 if (ga_grow(&global_alist.al_ga, 1) == FAIL | |
| 1131 || (p = vim_strsave(fnames[i])) == NULL) | |
| 1132 mch_exit(2); | |
| 1133 else | |
| 1134 alist_add(&global_alist, p, 2); | |
| 1409 | 1135 if (fnum == -1) |
| 1136 fnum = GARGLIST[GARGCOUNT - 1].ae_fnum; | |
| 1137 } | |
| 1138 | |
| 1139 /* If the file name was already in the buffer list we need to switch | |
| 1140 * to it. */ | |
| 1141 if (curbuf->b_fnum != fnum) | |
| 1142 { | |
| 1143 char_u cmd[30]; | |
| 1144 | |
| 1145 vim_snprintf((char *)cmd, 30, "silent %dbuffer", fnum); | |
| 1146 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd); | |
| 7 | 1147 } |
| 816 | 1148 |
| 1149 /* Change directory to the location of the first file. */ | |
|
13170
6559e98f3e74
patch 8.0.1459: cannot handle change of directory
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13152
diff
changeset
|
1150 if (GARGCOUNT > 0 |
|
6559e98f3e74
patch 8.0.1459: cannot handle change of directory
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13152
diff
changeset
|
1151 && vim_chdirfile(alist_name(&GARGLIST[0]), "drop") == OK) |
| 816 | 1152 shorten_fnames(TRUE); |
| 1153 | |
| 7 | 1154 goto finished; |
| 1155 } | |
| 1156 | |
| 1157 /* Handle the drop, :edit to get to the file */ | |
|
14428
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1158 drop_numFiles = numFiles; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1159 drop_gotPosition = gotPosition; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1160 drop_thePosition = thePosition; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1161 handle_drop(numFiles, fnames, FALSE, drop_callback, NULL); |
| 5735 | 1162 |
| 7 | 1163 setcursor(); |
| 1164 out_flush(); | |
| 1165 | |
| 37 | 1166 /* Fake mouse event to wake from stall */ |
| 1167 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0); | |
| 1168 | |
| 1107 | 1169 finished: |
| 7 | 1170 AEDisposeDesc(&theList); /* dispose what we allocated */ |
| 1171 | |
| 9 | 1172 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 1107 | 1173 return error; |
| 7 | 1174 } |
| 1175 | |
| 1176 /* | |
| 1177 * | |
| 1178 */ | |
| 1179 | |
| 9 | 1180 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 1181 Handle_aevt_oapp_AE( |
| 1182 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 1183 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 1184 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1185 { |
| 1186 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1187 | |
| 9 | 1188 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 1107 | 1189 return error; |
| 7 | 1190 } |
| 1191 | |
| 1192 /* | |
| 1193 * | |
| 1194 */ | |
| 1195 | |
| 9 | 1196 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 1197 Handle_aevt_quit_AE( |
| 1198 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 1199 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 1200 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1201 { |
| 1202 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1203 | |
| 9 | 1204 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 7 | 1205 if (error) |
| 1107 | 1206 return error; |
| 7 | 1207 |
| 1208 /* Need to fake a :confirm qa */ | |
| 1209 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"confirm qa"); | |
| 1210 | |
| 1107 | 1211 return error; |
| 7 | 1212 } |
| 1213 | |
| 1214 /* | |
| 1215 * | |
| 1216 */ | |
| 1217 | |
| 9 | 1218 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 1219 Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE( |
| 1220 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 1221 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 1222 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1223 { |
| 1224 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1225 | |
| 9 | 1226 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 1107 | 1227 |
| 1228 return error; | |
| 7 | 1229 } |
| 1230 | |
| 1231 /* | |
| 1232 * Handling of unknown AppleEvent | |
| 1233 * | |
| 1234 * (Just get rid of all the parms) | |
| 1235 */ | |
| 9 | 1236 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 1237 Handle_unknown_AE( |
| 1238 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 1239 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 1240 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1241 { |
| 1242 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1243 | |
| 9 | 1244 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 1107 | 1245 |
| 1246 return error; | |
| 7 | 1247 } |
| 1248 | |
| 1249 | |
| 1250 /* | |
| 1251 * Install the various AppleEvent Handlers | |
| 1252 */ | |
| 9 | 1253 OSErr |
| 1254 InstallAEHandlers(void) | |
| 7 | 1255 { |
| 1256 OSErr error; | |
| 1257 | |
| 1258 /* install open application handler */ | |
| 1259 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenApplication, | |
| 593 | 1260 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_oapp_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1261 if (error) |
| 1262 { | |
| 1263 return error; | |
| 1264 } | |
| 1265 | |
| 1266 /* install quit application handler */ | |
| 1267 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEQuitApplication, | |
| 593 | 1268 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_quit_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1269 if (error) |
| 1270 { | |
| 1271 return error; | |
| 1272 } | |
| 1273 | |
| 1274 /* install open document handler */ | |
| 1275 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenDocuments, | |
| 593 | 1276 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(HandleODocAE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1277 if (error) |
| 1278 { | |
| 1279 return error; | |
| 1280 } | |
| 1281 | |
| 1282 /* install print document handler */ | |
| 1283 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEPrintDocuments, | |
| 593 | 1284 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1285 |
| 1286 /* Install Core Suite */ | |
| 1287 /* error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClone, | |
| 593 | 1288 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1289 |
| 1290 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClose, | |
| 593 | 1291 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1292 |
| 1293 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECountElements, | |
| 593 | 1294 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1295 |
| 1296 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECreateElement, | |
| 593 | 1297 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1298 |
| 1299 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDelete, | |
| 593 | 1300 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1301 |
| 1302 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDoObjectsExist, | |
| 593 | 1303 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1304 |
| 1305 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetData, | |
| 593 | 1306 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetData, false); |
| 7 | 1307 |
| 1308 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetDataSize, | |
| 593 | 1309 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetDataSize, false); |
| 7 | 1310 |
| 1311 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetClassInfo, | |
| 593 | 1312 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1313 |
| 1314 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetEventInfo, | |
| 593 | 1315 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1316 |
| 1317 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEMove, | |
| 593 | 1318 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1319 |
| 1320 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESave, | |
| 593 | 1321 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1322 |
| 1323 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESetData, | |
| 593 | 1324 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1325 */ |
| 1326 | |
| 1327 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR | |
| 1328 /* | |
| 1329 * Bind codewarrior support handlers | |
| 1330 */ | |
| 1331 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'GTTX', | |
| 593 | 1332 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1333 if (error) |
| 1334 { | |
| 1335 return error; | |
| 1336 } | |
| 1337 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'SRCH', | |
| 593 | 1338 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1339 if (error) |
| 1340 { | |
| 1341 return error; | |
| 1342 } | |
| 1343 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'MOD ', | |
| 593 | 1344 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1345 #endif |
| 1346 | |
| 1347 return error; | |
| 1348 | |
| 1349 } | |
| 1350 #endif /* USE_AEVENT */ | |
| 1351 | |
| 13 | 1352 |
| 1353 /* | |
| 1354 * Callback function, installed by InstallFontPanelHandler(), below, | |
| 1355 * to handle Font Panel events. | |
| 1356 */ | |
| 1357 static OSStatus | |
| 593 | 1358 FontPanelHandler( |
| 1359 EventHandlerCallRef inHandlerCallRef, | |
| 1360 EventRef inEvent, | |
| 1361 void *inUserData) | |
| 13 | 1362 { |
| 1363 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontPanelClosed) | |
| 1364 { | |
| 1365 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = false; | |
| 1366 return noErr; | |
| 1367 } | |
| 1368 | |
| 1369 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontSelection) | |
| 1370 { | |
| 1371 OSStatus status; | |
| 1372 FMFontFamily newFamily; | |
| 1373 FMFontSize newSize; | |
| 1374 FMFontStyle newStyle; | |
| 1375 | |
| 1376 /* Retrieve the font family ID number. */ | |
| 1377 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontFamily, | |
| 1378 /*inDesiredType=*/typeFMFontFamily, /*outActualType=*/NULL, | |
| 1379 /*inBufferSize=*/sizeof(FMFontFamily), /*outActualSize=*/NULL, | |
| 1380 &newFamily); | |
| 1381 if (status == noErr) | |
| 1382 gFontPanelInfo.family = newFamily; | |
| 1383 | |
| 1384 /* Retrieve the font size. */ | |
| 1385 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontSize, | |
| 1386 typeFMFontSize, NULL, sizeof(FMFontSize), NULL, &newSize); | |
| 1387 if (status == noErr) | |
| 1388 gFontPanelInfo.size = newSize; | |
| 1389 | |
| 1390 /* Retrieve the font style (bold, etc.). Currently unused. */ | |
| 1391 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontStyle, | |
| 1392 typeFMFontStyle, NULL, sizeof(FMFontStyle), NULL, &newStyle); | |
| 1393 if (status == noErr) | |
| 1394 gFontPanelInfo.style = newStyle; | |
| 1395 } | |
| 1396 return noErr; | |
| 1397 } | |
| 1398 | |
| 1399 | |
| 1400 static void | |
| 593 | 1401 InstallFontPanelHandler(void) |
| 13 | 1402 { |
| 1403 EventTypeSpec eventTypes[2]; | |
| 1404 EventHandlerUPP handlerUPP; | |
| 1405 /* EventHandlerRef handlerRef; */ | |
| 1406 | |
| 1407 eventTypes[0].eventClass = kEventClassFont; | |
| 1408 eventTypes[0].eventKind = kEventFontSelection; | |
| 1409 eventTypes[1].eventClass = kEventClassFont; | |
| 1410 eventTypes[1].eventKind = kEventFontPanelClosed; | |
| 1411 | |
| 1412 handlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(FontPanelHandler); | |
| 1413 | |
| 1414 InstallApplicationEventHandler(handlerUPP, /*numTypes=*/2, eventTypes, | |
| 1415 /*userData=*/NULL, /*handlerRef=*/NULL); | |
| 1416 } | |
| 1417 | |
| 1418 | |
| 1419 /* | |
| 1420 * Fill the buffer pointed to by outName with the name and size | |
| 1421 * of the font currently selected in the Font Panel. | |
| 1422 */ | |
| 168 | 1423 #define FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE 32 |
| 13 | 1424 static void |
| 501 | 1425 GetFontPanelSelection(char_u *outName) |
| 13 | 1426 { |
| 168 | 1427 Str255 buf; |
| 1428 ByteCount fontNameLen = 0; | |
| 1429 ATSUFontID fid; | |
| 1430 char_u styleString[FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE]; | |
| 13 | 1431 |
| 1432 if (!outName) | |
| 1433 return; | |
| 1434 | |
| 168 | 1435 if (FMGetFontFamilyName(gFontPanelInfo.family, buf) == noErr) |
| 1436 { | |
| 1437 /* Canonicalize localized font names */ | |
| 1438 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(gFontPanelInfo.family, | |
| 1439 gFontPanelInfo.style, &fid, NULL) != noErr) | |
| 1440 return; | |
| 1441 | |
| 1442 /* Request font name with Mac encoding (otherwise we could | |
| 1443 * get an unwanted utf-16 name) */ | |
| 1444 if (ATSUFindFontName(fid, kFontFullName, kFontMacintoshPlatform, | |
| 1445 kFontNoScriptCode, kFontNoLanguageCode, | |
| 501 | 1446 255, (char *)outName, &fontNameLen, NULL) != noErr) |
| 168 | 1447 return; |
| 1448 | |
| 1449 /* Only encode font size, because style (bold, italic, etc) is | |
| 1450 * already part of the font full name */ | |
| 501 | 1451 vim_snprintf((char *)styleString, FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE, ":h%d", |
| 168 | 1452 gFontPanelInfo.size/*, |
| 1453 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & bold)!=0 ? ":b" : ""), | |
| 1454 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & italic)!=0 ? ":i" : ""), | |
| 1455 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & underline)!=0 ? ":u" : "")*/); | |
| 1456 | |
| 1457 if ((fontNameLen + STRLEN(styleString)) < 255) | |
| 1458 STRCPY(outName + fontNameLen, styleString); | |
| 1459 } | |
| 1460 else | |
| 1461 { | |
| 501 | 1462 *outName = NUL; |
| 168 | 1463 } |
| 13 | 1464 } |
| 1465 | |
| 1466 | |
| 7 | 1467 /* |
| 1468 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1469 * Unfiled yet | |
| 1470 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1471 */ | |
| 1472 | |
| 1473 /* | |
| 1474 * gui_mac_get_menu_item_index | |
| 1475 * | |
| 4352 | 1476 * Returns the index inside the menu where |
| 7 | 1477 */ |
| 2585 | 1478 short /* Should we return MenuItemIndex? */ |
| 593 | 1479 gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(vimmenu_T *pMenu) |
| 7 | 1480 { |
| 1481 short index; | |
| 1482 short itemIndex = -1; | |
| 1483 vimmenu_T *pBrother; | |
| 1484 | |
| 1485 /* Only menu without parent are the: | |
| 1486 * -menu in the menubar | |
| 1487 * -popup menu | |
| 1488 * -toolbar (guess) | |
| 1489 * | |
| 1490 * Which are not items anyway. | |
| 1491 */ | |
| 1492 if (pMenu->parent) | |
| 1493 { | |
| 1494 /* Start from the Oldest Brother */ | |
| 1495 pBrother = pMenu->parent->children; | |
| 1496 index = 1; | |
| 1497 while ((pBrother) && (itemIndex == -1)) | |
| 1498 { | |
| 1499 if (pBrother == pMenu) | |
| 1500 itemIndex = index; | |
| 1501 index++; | |
| 1502 pBrother = pBrother->next; | |
| 1503 } | |
| 1504 } | |
| 1505 return itemIndex; | |
| 1506 } | |
| 1507 | |
| 1508 static vimmenu_T * | |
| 593 | 1509 gui_mac_get_vim_menu(short menuID, short itemIndex, vimmenu_T *pMenu) |
| 7 | 1510 { |
| 1511 short index; | |
| 1512 vimmenu_T *pChildMenu; | |
| 1513 vimmenu_T *pElder = pMenu->parent; | |
| 1514 | |
| 1515 | |
| 1516 /* Only menu without parent are the: | |
| 1517 * -menu in the menubar | |
| 1518 * -popup menu | |
| 1519 * -toolbar (guess) | |
| 1520 * | |
| 1521 * Which are not items anyway. | |
| 1522 */ | |
| 1523 | |
| 1524 if ((pElder) && (pElder->submenu_id == menuID)) | |
| 1525 { | |
| 1526 for (index = 1; (index != itemIndex) && (pMenu != NULL); index++) | |
| 1527 pMenu = pMenu->next; | |
| 1528 } | |
| 1529 else | |
| 1530 { | |
| 1531 for (; pMenu != NULL; pMenu = pMenu->next) | |
| 1532 { | |
| 1533 if (pMenu->children != NULL) | |
| 1534 { | |
| 1535 pChildMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu | |
| 1536 (menuID, itemIndex, pMenu->children); | |
| 1537 if (pChildMenu) | |
| 1538 { | |
| 1539 pMenu = pChildMenu; | |
| 1540 break; | |
| 1541 } | |
| 1542 } | |
| 1543 } | |
| 1544 } | |
| 1545 return pMenu; | |
| 1546 } | |
| 1547 | |
| 1548 /* | |
| 1549 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1550 * MacOS Feedback procedures | |
| 1551 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1552 */ | |
| 1553 pascal | |
| 1554 void | |
| 9 | 1555 gui_mac_drag_thumb(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode) |
| 7 | 1556 { |
| 1557 scrollbar_T *sb; | |
| 1558 int value, dragging; | |
| 1559 ControlHandle theControlToUse; | |
| 1560 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll; | |
| 1561 | |
| 1562 theControlToUse = dragged_sb; | |
| 1563 | |
| 9 | 1564 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long) GetControlReference(theControlToUse)); |
| 7 | 1565 |
| 1566 if (sb == NULL) | |
| 1567 return; | |
| 1568 | |
| 1569 /* Need to find value by diff between Old Poss New Pos */ | |
| 9 | 1570 value = GetControl32BitValue(theControlToUse); |
| 7 | 1571 dragging = (partCode != 0); |
| 1572 | |
| 1573 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new | |
| 1574 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */ | |
| 1575 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar; | |
| 1576 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging); | |
| 1577 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save; | |
| 1578 } | |
| 1579 | |
| 1580 pascal | |
| 1581 void | |
| 9 | 1582 gui_mac_scroll_action(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode) |
| 7 | 1583 { |
| 1584 /* TODO: have live support */ | |
| 1585 scrollbar_T *sb, *sb_info; | |
| 1586 long data; | |
| 1587 long value; | |
| 1588 int page; | |
| 1589 int dragging = FALSE; | |
| 1590 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll; | |
| 1591 | |
| 9 | 1592 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long)GetControlReference(theControl)); |
| 7 | 1593 |
| 1594 if (sb == NULL) | |
| 1595 return; | |
| 1596 | |
| 1597 if (sb->wp != NULL) /* Left or right scrollbar */ | |
| 1598 { | |
| 1599 /* | |
| 1600 * Careful: need to get scrollbar info out of first (left) scrollbar | |
| 1601 * for window, but keep real scrollbar too because we must pass it to | |
| 1602 * gui_drag_scrollbar(). | |
| 1603 */ | |
| 1604 sb_info = &sb->wp->w_scrollbars[0]; | |
| 1605 | |
| 1606 if (sb_info->size > 5) | |
| 1607 page = sb_info->size - 2; /* use two lines of context */ | |
| 1608 else | |
| 1609 page = sb_info->size; | |
| 1610 } | |
| 1611 else /* Bottom scrollbar */ | |
| 1612 { | |
| 1613 sb_info = sb; | |
|
12515
972ea22c946f
patch 8.0.1136: W_WIDTH() is always the same
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12317
diff
changeset
|
1614 page = curwin->w_width - 5; |
| 7 | 1615 } |
| 1616 | |
| 1617 switch (partCode) | |
| 1618 { | |
| 1619 case kControlUpButtonPart: data = -1; break; | |
| 1620 case kControlDownButtonPart: data = 1; break; | |
| 1621 case kControlPageDownPart: data = page; break; | |
| 1622 case kControlPageUpPart: data = -page; break; | |
| 1623 default: data = 0; break; | |
| 1624 } | |
| 1625 | |
| 1626 value = sb_info->value + data; | |
| 1627 /* if (value > sb_info->max) | |
| 1628 value = sb_info->max; | |
| 1629 else if (value < 0) | |
| 1630 value = 0;*/ | |
| 1631 | |
| 1632 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new | |
| 1633 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */ | |
| 1634 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar; | |
| 1635 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging); | |
| 1636 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save; | |
| 1637 | |
| 1638 out_flush(); | |
| 1639 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max); | |
| 1640 | |
| 1641 /* if (sb_info->wp != NULL) | |
| 1642 { | |
| 1643 win_T *wp; | |
| 1644 int sb_num; | |
| 1645 | |
| 1646 sb_num = 0; | |
| 1647 for (wp = firstwin; wp != sb->wp && wp != NULL; wp = W_NEXT(wp)) | |
| 1648 sb_num++; | |
| 1649 | |
| 1650 if (wp != NULL) | |
| 1651 { | |
| 1652 current_scrollbar = sb_num; | |
| 1653 scrollbar_value = value; | |
| 1654 gui_do_scroll(); | |
| 1655 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max); | |
| 1656 } | |
| 1657 }*/ | |
| 1658 } | |
| 1659 | |
| 1660 /* | |
| 1661 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1662 * MacOS Click Handling procedures | |
| 1663 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1664 */ | |
| 1665 | |
| 1666 | |
| 1667 /* | |
| 1668 * Handle a click inside the window, it may happens in the | |
| 1669 * scrollbar or the contents. | |
| 1670 * | |
| 1671 * TODO: Add support for potential TOOLBAR | |
| 1672 */ | |
| 1673 void | |
| 593 | 1674 gui_mac_doInContentClick(EventRecord *theEvent, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
| 7 | 1675 { |
| 1676 Point thePoint; | |
| 1677 int_u vimModifiers; | |
| 1678 short thePortion; | |
| 1679 ControlHandle theControl; | |
| 1680 int vimMouseButton; | |
| 1681 short dblClick; | |
| 1682 | |
| 1683 thePoint = theEvent->where; | |
| 9 | 1684 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint); |
| 1685 SelectWindow(whichWindow); | |
| 1686 | |
| 1687 thePortion = FindControl(thePoint, whichWindow, &theControl); | |
| 7 | 1688 |
| 1689 if (theControl != NUL) | |
| 1690 { | |
| 4352 | 1691 /* We hit a scrollbar */ |
| 7 | 1692 |
| 1693 if (thePortion != kControlIndicatorPart) | |
| 1694 { | |
| 1695 dragged_sb = theControl; | |
| 1696 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollAction); | |
| 1697 dragged_sb = NULL; | |
| 1698 } | |
| 1699 else | |
| 1700 { | |
| 1701 dragged_sb = theControl; | |
| 1702 #if 1 | |
| 1703 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollDrag); | |
| 1704 #else | |
| 1705 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, NULL); | |
| 1706 #endif | |
| 1707 /* pass 0 as the part to tell gui_mac_drag_thumb, that the mouse | |
| 1708 * button has been released */ | |
| 9 | 1709 gui_mac_drag_thumb(theControl, 0); /* Should it be thePortion ? (Dany) */ |
| 7 | 1710 dragged_sb = NULL; |
| 1711 } | |
| 1712 } | |
| 1713 else | |
| 1714 { | |
| 1715 /* We are inside the contents */ | |
| 1716 | |
| 1717 /* Convert the CTRL, OPTION, SHIFT and CMD key */ | |
| 1718 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers); | |
| 1719 | |
| 1720 /* Defaults to MOUSE_LEFT as there's only one mouse button */ | |
| 1721 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_LEFT; | |
| 1722 | |
| 1723 /* Convert the CTRL_MOUSE_LEFT to MOUSE_RIGHT */ | |
| 593 | 1724 /* TODO: NEEDED? */ |
| 7 | 1725 clickIsPopup = FALSE; |
| 1726 | |
| 1292 | 1727 if (mouse_model_popup() && IsShowContextualMenuClick(theEvent)) |
| 1728 { | |
| 1729 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_RIGHT; | |
| 1730 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL; | |
| 1731 clickIsPopup = TRUE; | |
| 1732 } | |
| 7 | 1733 |
| 1734 /* Is it a double click ? */ | |
| 1735 dblClick = ((theEvent->when - lastMouseTick) < GetDblTime()); | |
| 1736 | |
| 593 | 1737 /* Send the mouse click to Vim */ |
| 7 | 1738 gui_send_mouse_event(vimMouseButton, thePoint.h, |
| 1739 thePoint.v, dblClick, vimModifiers); | |
| 1740 | |
| 1741 /* Create the rectangle around the cursor to detect | |
| 1742 * the mouse dragging | |
| 1743 */ | |
| 1744 #if 0 | |
| 1745 /* TODO: Do we need to this even for the contextual menu? | |
| 1746 * It may be require for popup_setpos, but for popup? | |
| 1747 */ | |
| 1748 if (vimMouseButton == MOUSE_LEFT) | |
| 1749 #endif | |
| 1750 { | |
| 9 | 1751 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)), |
| 7 | 1752 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)), |
| 1753 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1), | |
| 1754 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1)); | |
| 1755 | |
| 1756 dragRectEnbl = TRUE; | |
| 1757 dragRectControl = kCreateRect; | |
| 1758 } | |
| 1759 } | |
| 1760 } | |
| 1761 | |
| 1762 /* | |
| 1763 * Handle the click in the titlebar (to move the window) | |
| 1764 */ | |
| 1765 void | |
| 593 | 1766 gui_mac_doInDragClick(Point where, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
| 7 | 1767 { |
| 1768 Rect movingLimits; | |
| 1769 Rect *movingLimitsPtr = &movingLimits; | |
| 1770 | |
| 1771 /* TODO: may try to prevent move outside screen? */ | |
| 9 | 1772 movingLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &movingLimits); |
| 1773 DragWindow(whichWindow, where, movingLimitsPtr); | |
| 7 | 1774 } |
| 1775 | |
| 1776 /* | |
| 1777 * Handle the click in the grow box | |
| 1778 */ | |
| 1779 void | |
| 593 | 1780 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(Point where, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
| 7 | 1781 { |
| 1782 | |
| 1783 long newSize; | |
| 1784 unsigned short newWidth; | |
| 1785 unsigned short newHeight; | |
| 1786 Rect resizeLimits; | |
| 1787 Rect *resizeLimitsPtr = &resizeLimits; | |
| 1788 Rect NewContentRect; | |
| 1789 | |
| 9 | 1790 resizeLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &resizeLimits); |
| 7 | 1791 |
| 1212 | 1792 /* Set the minimum size */ |
| 7 | 1793 /* TODO: Should this come from Vim? */ |
| 1794 resizeLimits.top = 100; | |
| 1795 resizeLimits.left = 100; | |
| 1796 | |
| 1797 newSize = ResizeWindow(whichWindow, where, &resizeLimits, &NewContentRect); | |
| 1798 newWidth = NewContentRect.right - NewContentRect.left; | |
| 1799 newHeight = NewContentRect.bottom - NewContentRect.top; | |
| 1800 gui_resize_shell(newWidth, newHeight); | |
| 1801 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 812 | 1802 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE, RESIZE_BOTH); |
| 7 | 1803 } |
| 1804 | |
| 1805 /* | |
| 1806 * Handle the click in the zoom box | |
| 1807 */ | |
| 1808 static void | |
| 593 | 1809 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(EventRecord *theEvent, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
| 7 | 1810 { |
| 1811 Rect r; | |
| 1812 Point p; | |
| 1813 short thePart; | |
| 1814 | |
| 1815 /* ideal width is current */ | |
| 1816 p.h = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_offset; | |
| 1817 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 1818 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width; | |
| 1819 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT]) | |
| 1820 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width; | |
| 2585 | 1821 /* ideal height is as high as we can get */ |
| 7 | 1822 p.v = 15 * 1024; |
| 1823 | |
| 1824 thePart = IsWindowInStandardState(whichWindow, &p, &r) | |
| 1825 ? inZoomIn : inZoomOut; | |
| 1826 | |
| 1827 if (!TrackBox(whichWindow, theEvent->where, thePart)) | |
| 1828 return; | |
| 1829 | |
| 1830 /* use returned width */ | |
| 1831 p.h = r.right - r.left; | |
| 1832 /* adjust returned height */ | |
| 1833 p.v = r.bottom - r.top - 2 * gui.border_offset; | |
| 1834 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]) | |
| 1835 p.v -= gui.scrollbar_height; | |
| 1836 p.v -= p.v % gui.char_height; | |
| 1837 p.v += 2 * gui.border_width; | |
| 2869 | 1838 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]) |
| 7 | 1839 p.v += gui.scrollbar_height; |
| 1840 | |
| 1841 ZoomWindowIdeal(whichWindow, thePart, &p); | |
| 1842 | |
| 1843 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &r); | |
| 1844 gui_resize_shell(r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top); | |
| 1845 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 812 | 1846 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE, RESIZE_BOTH); |
| 7 | 1847 } |
| 1848 | |
| 1849 /* | |
| 1850 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1851 * MacOS Event Handling procedure | |
| 1852 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1853 */ | |
| 1854 | |
| 1855 /* | |
| 1856 * Handle the Update Event | |
| 1857 */ | |
| 1858 | |
| 1859 void | |
| 593 | 1860 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 1861 { |
| 1862 WindowPtr whichWindow; | |
| 1863 GrafPtr savePort; | |
| 1864 RgnHandle updateRgn; | |
| 1865 Rect updateRect; | |
| 1866 Rect *updateRectPtr; | |
| 1867 Rect rc; | |
| 1868 Rect growRect; | |
| 1869 RgnHandle saveRgn; | |
| 1870 | |
| 1871 | |
| 1872 updateRgn = NewRgn(); | |
| 1873 if (updateRgn == NULL) | |
| 1874 return; | |
| 1875 | |
| 1876 /* This could be done by the caller as we | |
| 1877 * don't require anything else out of the event | |
| 1878 */ | |
| 1879 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message; | |
| 1880 | |
| 1881 /* Save Current Port */ | |
| 9 | 1882 GetPort(&savePort); |
| 7 | 1883 |
| 1884 /* Select the Window's Port */ | |
| 9 | 1885 SetPortWindowPort(whichWindow); |
| 7 | 1886 |
| 1887 /* Let's update the window */ | |
| 9 | 1888 BeginUpdate(whichWindow); |
| 7 | 1889 /* Redraw the biggest rectangle covering the area |
| 1890 * to be updated. | |
| 1891 */ | |
| 1892 GetPortVisibleRegion(GetWindowPort(whichWindow), updateRgn); | |
| 1893 # if 0 | |
| 1212 | 1894 /* Would be more appropriate to use the following but doesn't |
| 7 | 1895 * seem to work under MacOS X (Dany) |
| 1896 */ | |
| 1897 GetWindowRegion(whichWindow, kWindowUpdateRgn, updateRgn); | |
| 1898 # endif | |
| 593 | 1899 |
| 7 | 1900 /* Use the HLock useless in Carbon? Is it harmful?*/ |
| 9 | 1901 HLock((Handle) updateRgn); |
| 593 | 1902 |
| 9 | 1903 updateRectPtr = GetRegionBounds(updateRgn, &updateRect); |
| 7 | 1904 # if 0 |
| 1905 /* Code from original Carbon Port (using GetWindowRegion. | |
| 1906 * I believe the UpdateRgn is already in local (Dany) | |
| 1907 */ | |
| 1908 GlobalToLocal(&topLeft(updateRect)); /* preCarbon? */ | |
| 1909 GlobalToLocal(&botRight(updateRect)); | |
| 1910 # endif | |
| 1911 /* Update the content (i.e. the text) */ | |
| 1912 gui_redraw(updateRectPtr->left, updateRectPtr->top, | |
| 1913 updateRectPtr->right - updateRectPtr->left, | |
| 1914 updateRectPtr->bottom - updateRectPtr->top); | |
| 1915 /* Clear the border areas if needed */ | |
| 1916 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 1917 if (updateRectPtr->left < FILL_X(0)) | |
| 1918 { | |
| 9 | 1919 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(0), FILL_Y(Rows)); |
| 1920 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 7 | 1921 } |
| 1922 if (updateRectPtr->top < FILL_Y(0)) | |
| 1923 { | |
| 9 | 1924 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(Columns), FILL_Y(0)); |
| 1925 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 7 | 1926 } |
| 1927 if (updateRectPtr->right > FILL_X(Columns)) | |
| 1928 { | |
| 9 | 1929 SetRect(&rc, FILL_X(Columns), 0, |
| 7 | 1930 FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset, FILL_Y(Rows)); |
| 9 | 1931 EraseRect(&rc); |
| 7 | 1932 } |
| 1933 if (updateRectPtr->bottom > FILL_Y(Rows)) | |
| 1934 { | |
| 9 | 1935 SetRect(&rc, 0, FILL_Y(Rows), FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset, |
| 7 | 1936 FILL_Y(Rows) + gui.border_offset); |
| 9 | 1937 EraseRect(&rc); |
| 7 | 1938 } |
| 9 | 1939 HUnlock((Handle) updateRgn); |
| 1940 DisposeRgn(updateRgn); | |
| 7 | 1941 |
| 1942 /* Update scrollbars */ | |
| 9 | 1943 DrawControls(whichWindow); |
| 7 | 1944 |
| 1945 /* Update the GrowBox */ | |
| 1946 /* Taken from FAQ 33-27 */ | |
| 1947 saveRgn = NewRgn(); | |
| 1948 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowGrowRgn, &growRect); | |
| 9 | 1949 GetClip(saveRgn); |
| 1950 ClipRect(&growRect); | |
| 1951 DrawGrowIcon(whichWindow); | |
| 1952 SetClip(saveRgn); | |
| 1953 DisposeRgn(saveRgn); | |
| 1954 EndUpdate(whichWindow); | |
| 7 | 1955 |
| 1956 /* Restore original Port */ | |
| 9 | 1957 SetPort(savePort); |
| 7 | 1958 } |
| 1959 | |
| 1960 /* | |
| 1961 * Handle the activate/deactivate event | |
| 1962 * (apply to a window) | |
| 1963 */ | |
| 1964 void | |
| 593 | 1965 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 1966 { |
| 1967 WindowPtr whichWindow; | |
| 1968 | |
| 1969 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message; | |
| 1292 | 1970 /* Dim scrollbars */ |
| 1971 if (whichWindow == gui.VimWindow) | |
| 7 | 1972 { |
| 1562 | 1973 ControlRef rootControl; |
| 1974 GetRootControl(gui.VimWindow, &rootControl); | |
| 1975 if ((event->modifiers) & activeFlag) | |
| 1976 ActivateControl(rootControl); | |
| 1977 else | |
| 1978 DeactivateControl(rootControl); | |
| 7 | 1979 } |
| 1292 | 1980 |
| 1981 /* Activate */ | |
| 1982 gui_focus_change((event->modifiers) & activeFlag); | |
| 7 | 1983 } |
| 1984 | |
| 1985 | |
| 1986 /* | |
| 1987 * Handle the suspend/resume event | |
| 1988 * (apply to the application) | |
| 1989 */ | |
| 1990 void | |
| 593 | 1991 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 1992 { |
| 1993 /* The frontmost application just changed */ | |
| 1994 | |
| 1995 /* NOTE: the suspend may happen before the deactivate | |
| 1996 * seen on MacOS X | |
| 1997 */ | |
| 1998 | |
| 1999 /* May not need to change focus as the window will | |
| 1212 | 2000 * get an activate/deactivate event |
| 7 | 2001 */ |
| 2002 if (event->message & 1) | |
| 2003 /* Resume */ | |
| 2004 gui_focus_change(TRUE); | |
| 2005 else | |
| 2006 /* Suspend */ | |
| 2007 gui_focus_change(FALSE); | |
| 2008 } | |
| 2009 | |
| 2010 /* | |
| 2011 * Handle the key | |
| 2012 */ | |
| 168 | 2013 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 1562 | 2014 static pascal OSStatus |
| 2015 gui_mac_handle_window_activate( | |
| 2016 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, | |
| 2017 EventRef theEvent, | |
| 2018 void *data) | |
| 2019 { | |
| 2020 UInt32 eventClass = GetEventClass(theEvent); | |
| 2021 UInt32 eventKind = GetEventKind(theEvent); | |
| 2022 | |
| 2023 if (eventClass == kEventClassWindow) | |
| 2024 { | |
| 2025 switch (eventKind) | |
| 2026 { | |
| 2027 case kEventWindowActivated: | |
| 2028 im_on_window_switch(TRUE); | |
| 2029 return noErr; | |
| 2030 | |
| 2031 case kEventWindowDeactivated: | |
| 2032 im_on_window_switch(FALSE); | |
| 2033 return noErr; | |
| 2034 } | |
| 2035 } | |
| 2036 | |
| 2037 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2038 } | |
| 2039 | |
| 2040 static pascal OSStatus | |
| 2041 gui_mac_handle_text_input( | |
| 2042 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, | |
| 2043 EventRef theEvent, | |
| 2044 void *data) | |
| 2045 { | |
| 2046 UInt32 eventClass = GetEventClass(theEvent); | |
| 2047 UInt32 eventKind = GetEventKind(theEvent); | |
| 2048 | |
| 2049 if (eventClass != kEventClassTextInput) | |
| 2050 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2051 | |
| 2052 if ((kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea != eventKind) && | |
| 2053 (kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent != eventKind) && | |
| 2054 (kEventTextInputOffsetToPos != eventKind) && | |
| 2055 (kEventTextInputPosToOffset != eventKind) && | |
| 2056 (kEventTextInputGetSelectedText != eventKind)) | |
| 2057 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2058 | |
| 2059 switch (eventKind) | |
| 2060 { | |
| 2061 case kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea: | |
| 2062 return gui_mac_update_input_area(nextHandler, theEvent); | |
| 2063 case kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent: | |
| 2064 return gui_mac_unicode_key_event(nextHandler, theEvent); | |
| 2065 | |
| 2066 case kEventTextInputOffsetToPos: | |
| 2067 case kEventTextInputPosToOffset: | |
| 2068 case kEventTextInputGetSelectedText: | |
| 2069 break; | |
| 2070 } | |
| 2071 | |
| 2072 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2073 } | |
| 2074 | |
| 2075 static pascal | |
| 2076 OSStatus gui_mac_update_input_area( | |
| 2077 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, | |
| 2078 EventRef theEvent) | |
| 2079 { | |
| 2080 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2081 } | |
| 2082 | |
| 2083 static int dialog_busy = FALSE; /* TRUE when gui_mch_dialog() wants the | |
| 2084 keys */ | |
| 857 | 2085 |
| 168 | 2086 # define INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE 80 |
| 2087 static pascal OSStatus | |
| 1562 | 2088 gui_mac_unicode_key_event( |
| 593 | 2089 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, |
| 1562 | 2090 EventRef theEvent) |
| 168 | 2091 { |
| 2092 /* Multibyte-friendly key event handler */ | |
| 1012 | 2093 OSStatus err = -1; |
| 168 | 2094 UInt32 actualSize; |
| 2095 UniChar *text; | |
| 2096 char_u result[INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE]; | |
| 2097 short len = 0; | |
| 2098 UInt32 key_sym; | |
| 2099 char charcode; | |
| 2100 int key_char; | |
| 1012 | 2101 UInt32 modifiers, vimModifiers; |
| 168 | 2102 size_t encLen; |
| 2103 char_u *to = NULL; | |
| 2104 Boolean isSpecial = FALSE; | |
| 2105 int i; | |
| 1562 | 2106 EventRef keyEvent; |
| 168 | 2107 |
| 2108 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */ | |
| 2109 if (p_mh) | |
| 2110 ObscureCursor(); | |
| 2111 | |
| 1012 | 2112 /* Don't use the keys when the dialog wants them. */ |
| 2113 if (dialog_busy) | |
| 1562 | 2114 return eventNotHandledErr; |
| 1012 | 2115 |
| 2116 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendText, | |
| 1562 | 2117 typeUnicodeText, NULL, 0, &actualSize, NULL)) |
| 2118 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 1012 | 2119 |
| 2120 text = (UniChar *)alloc(actualSize); | |
| 2121 if (!text) | |
| 1562 | 2122 return eventNotHandledErr; |
| 1012 | 2123 |
| 2124 err = GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendText, | |
| 1562 | 2125 typeUnicodeText, NULL, actualSize, NULL, text); |
| 1012 | 2126 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2127 | |
| 2128 err = GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendKeyboardEvent, | |
| 1562 | 2129 typeEventRef, NULL, sizeof(EventRef), NULL, &keyEvent); |
| 1012 | 2130 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2131 | |
| 2132 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers, | |
| 1562 | 2133 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &modifiers); |
| 1012 | 2134 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2135 | |
| 2136 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyCode, | |
| 1562 | 2137 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &key_sym); |
| 1012 | 2138 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2139 | |
| 2140 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyMacCharCodes, | |
| 1562 | 2141 typeChar, NULL, sizeof(char), NULL, &charcode); |
| 1012 | 2142 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2143 | |
| 168 | 2144 #ifndef USE_CMD_KEY |
| 1012 | 2145 if (modifiers & cmdKey) |
| 1562 | 2146 goto done; /* Let system handle Cmd+... */ |
| 168 | 2147 #endif |
| 1012 | 2148 |
| 2149 key_char = charcode; | |
| 2150 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(modifiers); | |
| 2151 | |
| 2152 /* Find the special key (eg., for cursor keys) */ | |
| 2153 if (actualSize <= sizeof(UniChar) && | |
| 1562 | 2154 ((text[0] < 0x20) || (text[0] == 0x7f))) |
| 2155 { | |
| 2156 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; ++i) | |
| 2157 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym) | |
| 2158 { | |
| 2159 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0, | |
| 2160 special_keys[i].vim_code1); | |
| 2161 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, | |
| 2162 (int *)&vimModifiers); | |
| 2163 isSpecial = TRUE; | |
| 2164 break; | |
| 2165 } | |
| 168 | 2166 } |
| 1012 | 2167 |
| 2168 /* Intercept CMD-. and CTRL-c */ | |
| 2169 if (((modifiers & controlKey) && key_char == 'c') || | |
| 1562 | 2170 ((modifiers & cmdKey) && key_char == '.')) |
| 2171 got_int = TRUE; | |
| 1012 | 2172 |
| 2173 if (!isSpecial) | |
| 2174 { | |
| 1562 | 2175 /* remove SHIFT for keys that are already shifted, e.g., |
| 2176 * '(' and '*' */ | |
| 2177 if (key_char < 0x100 && !isalpha(key_char) && isprint(key_char)) | |
| 2178 vimModifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 2179 | |
| 2180 /* remove CTRL from keys that already have it */ | |
| 2181 if (key_char < 0x20) | |
| 2182 vimModifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 2183 | |
| 2184 /* don't process unicode characters here */ | |
| 2185 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) | |
| 2186 { | |
| 2187 /* Following code to simplify and consolidate vimModifiers | |
| 2188 * taken liberally from gui_w48.c */ | |
| 2189 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, (int *)&vimModifiers); | |
| 2190 | |
| 2191 /* Interpret META, include SHIFT, etc. */ | |
| 2192 key_char = extract_modifiers(key_char, (int *)&vimModifiers); | |
| 2193 if (key_char == CSI) | |
| 2194 key_char = K_CSI; | |
| 2195 | |
| 2196 if (IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) | |
| 2197 isSpecial = TRUE; | |
| 2198 } | |
| 1012 | 2199 } |
| 2200 | |
| 2201 if (vimModifiers) | |
| 2202 { | |
| 1562 | 2203 result[len++] = CSI; |
| 2204 result[len++] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 2205 result[len++] = vimModifiers; | |
| 1012 | 2206 } |
| 2207 | |
| 2208 if (isSpecial && IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) | |
| 2209 { | |
| 1562 | 2210 result[len++] = CSI; |
| 2211 result[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char); | |
| 2212 result[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char); | |
| 1012 | 2213 } |
| 2214 else | |
| 2215 { | |
| 1562 | 2216 encLen = actualSize; |
| 2217 to = mac_utf16_to_enc(text, actualSize, &encLen); | |
| 2218 if (to) | |
| 2219 { | |
| 2220 /* This is basically add_to_input_buf_csi() */ | |
| 2221 for (i = 0; i < encLen && len < (INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE-1); ++i) | |
| 2222 { | |
| 2223 result[len++] = to[i]; | |
| 2224 if (to[i] == CSI) | |
| 2225 { | |
| 2226 result[len++] = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 2227 result[len++] = (int)KE_CSI; | |
| 2228 } | |
| 2229 } | |
| 2230 vim_free(to); | |
| 2231 } | |
| 1012 | 2232 } |
| 2233 | |
| 2234 add_to_input_buf(result, len); | |
| 2235 err = noErr; | |
| 2236 | |
| 2237 done: | |
| 2238 vim_free(text); | |
| 2239 if (err == noErr) | |
| 2240 { | |
| 1562 | 2241 /* Fake event to wake up WNE (required to get |
| 2242 * key repeat working */ | |
| 2243 PostEvent(keyUp, 0); | |
| 2244 return noErr; | |
| 1012 | 2245 } |
| 2246 | |
| 2247 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 168 | 2248 } |
| 2249 #else | |
| 7 | 2250 void |
| 2251 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(EventRecord *theEvent) | |
| 2252 { | |
| 2253 /* TODO: add support for COMMAND KEY */ | |
| 2254 long menu; | |
| 2255 unsigned char string[20]; | |
| 2256 short num, i; | |
| 2257 short len = 0; | |
| 2258 KeySym key_sym; | |
| 2259 int key_char; | |
| 2260 int modifiers; | |
| 26 | 2261 int simplify = FALSE; |
| 7 | 2262 |
| 2263 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */ | |
| 2264 if (p_mh) | |
| 2265 ObscureCursor(); | |
| 2266 | |
|
15034
6e4e0d43b20b
patch 8.1.0528: various typos in comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
14862
diff
changeset
|
2267 /* Get the key code and its ASCII representation */ |
| 7 | 2268 key_sym = ((theEvent->message & keyCodeMask) >> 8); |
| 2269 key_char = theEvent->message & charCodeMask; | |
| 2270 num = 1; | |
| 2271 | |
| 2272 /* Intercept CTRL-C */ | |
| 2273 if (theEvent->modifiers & controlKey) | |
| 9 | 2274 { |
| 7 | 2275 if (key_char == Ctrl_C && ctrl_c_interrupts) |
| 2276 got_int = TRUE; | |
| 9 | 2277 else if ((theEvent->modifiers & ~(controlKey|shiftKey)) == 0 |
| 2278 && (key_char == '2' || key_char == '6')) | |
| 2279 { | |
| 2280 /* CTRL-^ and CTRL-@ don't work in the normal way. */ | |
| 2281 if (key_char == '2') | |
| 2282 key_char = Ctrl_AT; | |
| 2283 else | |
| 2284 key_char = Ctrl_HAT; | |
| 2285 theEvent->modifiers = 0; | |
| 2286 } | |
| 2287 } | |
| 7 | 2288 |
| 2289 /* Intercept CMD-. */ | |
| 2290 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey) | |
| 2291 if (key_char == '.') | |
| 2292 got_int = TRUE; | |
| 2293 | |
| 2294 /* Handle command key as per menu */ | |
| 2295 /* TODO: should override be allowed? Require YAO or could use 'winaltkey' */ | |
| 2296 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey) | |
| 2297 /* Only accept CMD alone or with CAPLOCKS and the mouse button. | |
| 2298 * Why the mouse button? */ | |
| 2299 if ((theEvent->modifiers & (~(cmdKey | btnState | alphaLock))) == 0) | |
| 2300 { | |
| 2301 menu = MenuKey(key_char); | |
| 2302 if (HiWord(menu)) | |
| 2303 { | |
| 2304 gui_mac_handle_menu(menu); | |
| 2305 return; | |
| 2306 } | |
| 2307 } | |
| 2308 | |
| 2309 /* Convert the modifiers */ | |
| 2310 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(theEvent->modifiers); | |
| 2311 | |
| 2312 | |
| 2313 /* Handle special keys. */ | |
| 2314 #if 0 | |
| 26 | 2315 /* Why has this been removed? */ |
| 7 | 2316 if (!(theEvent->modifiers & (cmdKey | controlKey | rightControlKey))) |
| 2317 #endif | |
| 2318 { | |
| 2319 /* Find the special key (for non-printable keyt_char) */ | |
| 2320 if ((key_char < 0x20) || (key_char == 0x7f)) | |
| 2321 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++) | |
| 2322 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym) | |
| 2323 { | |
| 2324 # if 0 | |
| 2325 /* We currently don't have not so special key */ | |
| 2326 if (special_keys[i].vim_code1 == NUL) | |
| 2327 key_char = special_keys[i].vim_code0; | |
| 2328 else | |
| 2329 # endif | |
| 9 | 2330 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0, |
| 2331 special_keys[i].vim_code1); | |
| 26 | 2332 simplify = TRUE; |
| 7 | 2333 break; |
| 2334 } | |
| 2335 } | |
| 2336 | |
| 26 | 2337 /* For some keys the modifier is included in the char itself. */ |
| 2338 if (simplify || key_char == TAB || key_char == ' ') | |
| 2339 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, &modifiers); | |
| 7 | 2340 |
| 2341 /* Add the modifier to the input bu if needed */ | |
| 2342 /* Do not want SHIFT-A or CTRL-A with modifier */ | |
| 2343 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key_char) | |
| 2344 && key_sym != vk_Space | |
| 2345 && key_sym != vk_Tab | |
| 2346 && key_sym != vk_Return | |
| 2347 && key_sym != vk_Enter | |
| 2348 && key_sym != vk_Esc) | |
| 2349 { | |
| 2350 #if 1 | |
| 2351 /* Clear modifiers when only one modifier is set */ | |
| 9 | 2352 if ((modifiers == MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 2353 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 2354 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_ALT)) | |
| 7 | 2355 modifiers = 0; |
| 2356 #else | |
| 9 | 2357 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL) |
| 7 | 2358 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_CTRL; |
| 9 | 2359 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT) |
| 7 | 2360 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_ALT; |
| 9 | 2361 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 7 | 2362 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT; |
| 2363 #endif | |
| 2364 } | |
| 9 | 2365 if (modifiers) |
| 7 | 2366 { |
| 9 | 2367 string[len++] = CSI; |
| 2368 string[len++] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 2369 string[len++] = modifiers; | |
| 7 | 2370 } |
| 2371 | |
| 9 | 2372 if (IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) |
| 7 | 2373 { |
| 9 | 2374 string[len++] = CSI; |
| 2375 string[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char); | |
| 2376 string[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char); | |
| 7 | 2377 } |
| 2378 else | |
| 2379 { | |
| 9 | 2380 /* Convert characters when needed (e.g., from MacRoman to latin1). |
| 2381 * This doesn't work for the NUL byte. */ | |
| 2382 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && key_char > 0) | |
| 7 | 2383 { |
| 2384 char_u from[2], *to; | |
| 2385 int l; | |
| 2386 | |
| 2387 from[0] = key_char; | |
| 2388 from[1] = NUL; | |
| 2389 l = 1; | |
| 2390 to = string_convert(&input_conv, from, &l); | |
| 2391 if (to != NULL) | |
| 2392 { | |
| 2393 for (i = 0; i < l && len < 19; i++) | |
| 2394 { | |
| 2395 if (to[i] == CSI) | |
| 2396 { | |
| 2397 string[len++] = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 2398 string[len++] = KE_CSI; | |
| 2399 } | |
| 2400 else | |
| 2401 string[len++] = to[i]; | |
| 2402 } | |
| 2403 vim_free(to); | |
| 2404 } | |
| 2405 else | |
| 2406 string[len++] = key_char; | |
| 2407 } | |
| 2408 else | |
| 2409 string[len++] = key_char; | |
| 2410 } | |
| 2411 | |
| 2412 if (len == 1 && string[0] == CSI) | |
| 2413 { | |
| 2414 /* Turn CSI into K_CSI. */ | |
| 2415 string[ len++ ] = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 2416 string[ len++ ] = KE_CSI; | |
| 2417 } | |
| 2418 | |
| 2419 add_to_input_buf(string, len); | |
| 2420 } | |
| 168 | 2421 #endif |
| 7 | 2422 |
| 2423 /* | |
| 2424 * Handle MouseClick | |
| 2425 */ | |
| 2426 void | |
| 593 | 2427 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(EventRecord *theEvent) |
| 7 | 2428 { |
| 2429 short thePart; | |
| 2430 WindowPtr whichWindow; | |
| 2431 | |
| 9 | 2432 thePart = FindWindow(theEvent->where, &whichWindow); |
| 7 | 2433 |
| 1106 | 2434 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 2435 /* prevent that the vim window size changes if it's activated by a | |
| 2436 click into the tab pane */ | |
| 2437 if (whichWindow == drawer) | |
| 1562 | 2438 return; |
| 1106 | 2439 #endif |
| 2440 | |
| 7 | 2441 switch (thePart) |
| 2442 { | |
| 2443 case (inDesk): | |
| 2444 /* TODO: what to do? */ | |
| 2445 break; | |
| 2446 | |
| 2447 case (inMenuBar): | |
| 9 | 2448 gui_mac_handle_menu(MenuSelect(theEvent->where)); |
| 7 | 2449 break; |
| 2450 | |
| 2451 case (inContent): | |
| 9 | 2452 gui_mac_doInContentClick(theEvent, whichWindow); |
| 7 | 2453 break; |
| 2454 | |
| 2455 case (inDrag): | |
| 9 | 2456 gui_mac_doInDragClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow); |
| 7 | 2457 break; |
| 2458 | |
| 2459 case (inGrow): | |
| 9 | 2460 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow); |
| 7 | 2461 break; |
| 2462 | |
| 2463 case (inGoAway): | |
| 2464 if (TrackGoAway(whichWindow, theEvent->where)) | |
| 2465 gui_shell_closed(); | |
| 2466 break; | |
| 2467 | |
| 2468 case (inZoomIn): | |
| 2469 case (inZoomOut): | |
| 2470 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(theEvent, whichWindow); | |
| 2471 break; | |
| 2472 } | |
| 2473 } | |
| 2474 | |
| 2475 /* | |
| 2476 * Handle MouseMoved | |
| 2477 * [this event is a moving in and out of a region] | |
| 2478 */ | |
| 2479 void | |
| 593 | 2480 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 2481 { |
| 2482 Point thePoint; | |
| 2483 int_u vimModifiers; | |
| 2484 | |
| 2485 thePoint = event->where; | |
| 9 | 2486 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint); |
| 7 | 2487 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(event->modifiers); |
| 2488 | |
| 2489 if (!Button()) | |
| 9 | 2490 gui_mouse_moved(thePoint.h, thePoint.v); |
| 7 | 2491 else |
| 2492 if (!clickIsPopup) | |
| 2493 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_DRAG, thePoint.h, | |
| 2494 thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers); | |
| 2495 | |
| 2496 /* Reset the region from which we move in and out */ | |
| 9 | 2497 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)), |
| 7 | 2498 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)), |
| 2499 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1), | |
| 2500 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1)); | |
| 2501 | |
| 2502 if (dragRectEnbl) | |
| 2503 dragRectControl = kCreateRect; | |
| 2504 | |
| 2505 } | |
| 2506 | |
| 2507 /* | |
| 2508 * Handle the mouse release | |
| 2509 */ | |
| 2510 void | |
| 593 | 2511 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(EventRecord *theEvent) |
| 7 | 2512 { |
| 2513 Point thePoint; | |
| 2514 int_u vimModifiers; | |
| 2515 | |
| 2516 /* TODO: Properly convert the Contextual menu mouse-up */ | |
| 2517 /* Potential source of the double menu */ | |
| 2518 lastMouseTick = theEvent->when; | |
| 2519 dragRectEnbl = FALSE; | |
| 2520 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty; | |
| 2521 thePoint = theEvent->where; | |
| 9 | 2522 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint); |
| 7 | 2523 |
| 2524 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers); | |
| 2525 if (clickIsPopup) | |
| 2526 { | |
| 2527 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL; | |
| 2528 clickIsPopup = FALSE; | |
| 2529 } | |
| 9 | 2530 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_RELEASE, thePoint.h, thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers); |
| 7 | 2531 } |
| 2532 | |
| 2533 static pascal OSStatus | |
| 2534 gui_mac_mouse_wheel(EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent, | |
| 2535 void *data) | |
| 2536 { | |
| 2537 Point point; | |
| 2538 Rect bounds; | |
| 2539 UInt32 mod; | |
| 2540 SInt32 delta; | |
| 2541 int_u vim_mod; | |
| 939 | 2542 EventMouseWheelAxis axis; |
| 2543 | |
| 2544 if (noErr == GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelAxis, | |
| 2545 typeMouseWheelAxis, NULL, sizeof(axis), NULL, &axis) | |
| 2546 && axis != kEventMouseWheelAxisY) | |
| 2547 goto bail; /* Vim only does up-down scrolling */ | |
| 7 | 2548 |
| 2549 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelDelta, | |
| 2550 typeSInt32, NULL, sizeof(SInt32), NULL, &delta)) | |
| 2551 goto bail; | |
| 2552 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseLocation, | |
| 2553 typeQDPoint, NULL, sizeof(Point), NULL, &point)) | |
| 2554 goto bail; | |
| 2555 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers, | |
| 2556 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &mod)) | |
| 2557 goto bail; | |
| 2558 | |
| 2559 vim_mod = 0; | |
| 2560 if (mod & shiftKey) | |
| 2561 vim_mod |= MOUSE_SHIFT; | |
| 2562 if (mod & controlKey) | |
| 2563 vim_mod |= MOUSE_CTRL; | |
| 2564 if (mod & optionKey) | |
| 2565 vim_mod |= MOUSE_ALT; | |
| 2566 | |
| 2567 if (noErr == GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &bounds)) | |
| 2568 { | |
| 2569 point.h -= bounds.left; | |
| 2570 point.v -= bounds.top; | |
| 2571 } | |
| 2572 | |
| 2573 gui_send_mouse_event((delta > 0) ? MOUSE_4 : MOUSE_5, | |
| 2574 point.h, point.v, FALSE, vim_mod); | |
| 2575 | |
| 1668 | 2576 /* post a bogus event to wake up WaitNextEvent */ |
| 2577 PostEvent(keyUp, 0); | |
| 2578 | |
| 7 | 2579 return noErr; |
| 2580 | |
| 1107 | 2581 bail: |
| 7 | 2582 /* |
| 2583 * when we fail give any additional callback handler a chance to perform | |
|
15034
6e4e0d43b20b
patch 8.1.0528: various typos in comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
14862
diff
changeset
|
2584 * its actions |
| 7 | 2585 */ |
| 2586 return CallNextEventHandler(nextHandler, theEvent); | |
| 2587 } | |
| 2588 | |
|
2565
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2589 void |
|
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2590 gui_mch_mousehide(int hide) |
|
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2591 { |
|
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2592 /* TODO */ |
|
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2593 } |
|
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2594 |
| 7 | 2595 #if 0 |
| 2596 | |
| 2597 /* | |
| 2598 * This would be the normal way of invoking the contextual menu | |
| 2599 * but the Vim API doesn't seem to a support a request to get | |
| 2600 * the menu that we should display | |
| 2601 */ | |
| 2602 void | |
|
7821
81794242a275
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/66f948e928d5e0cd3123af902aa8ac1613534c94
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
6819
diff
changeset
|
2603 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 2604 { |
| 2605 /* | |
| 2606 * Clone PopUp to use menu | |
| 2607 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection | |
| 2608 * Call the procedure | |
| 2609 */ | |
| 2610 | |
| 2611 // Call to Handle Popup | |
| 2612 OSStatus status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, event->where, false, kCMHelpItemNoHelp, "", NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem); | |
| 2613 | |
| 2614 if (status != noErr) | |
| 2615 return; | |
| 2616 | |
| 2617 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected) | |
| 2618 { | |
| 2619 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */ | |
| 2620 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */ | |
| 4352 | 2621 /* But what about the current menu, is the many changed by ContextualMenuSelect */ |
| 9 | 2622 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem); |
| 7 | 2623 } |
| 2624 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected) | |
| 2625 { | |
| 2626 /* Should come up with the help */ | |
| 2627 } | |
| 2628 | |
| 2629 } | |
| 2630 #endif | |
| 2631 | |
| 2632 /* | |
| 2633 * Handle menubar selection | |
| 2634 */ | |
| 2635 void | |
| 593 | 2636 gui_mac_handle_menu(long menuChoice) |
| 7 | 2637 { |
| 2638 short menu = HiWord(menuChoice); | |
| 2639 short item = LoWord(menuChoice); | |
| 2640 vimmenu_T *theVimMenu = root_menu; | |
| 2641 | |
| 2642 if (menu == 256) /* TODO: use constant or gui.xyz */ | |
| 2643 { | |
| 2644 if (item == 1) | |
| 2645 gui_mch_beep(); /* TODO: Popup dialog or do :intro */ | |
| 2646 } | |
| 2647 else if (item != 0) | |
| 2648 { | |
| 2649 theVimMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu(menu, item, root_menu); | |
| 2650 | |
| 2651 if (theVimMenu) | |
| 2652 gui_menu_cb(theVimMenu); | |
| 2653 } | |
| 9 | 2654 HiliteMenu(0); |
| 7 | 2655 } |
| 2656 | |
| 2657 /* | |
| 2658 * Dispatch the event to proper handler | |
| 2659 */ | |
| 2660 | |
| 2661 void | |
| 593 | 2662 gui_mac_handle_event(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 2663 { |
| 2664 OSErr error; | |
| 2665 | |
| 2666 /* Handle contextual menu right now (if needed) */ | |
| 1292 | 2667 if (IsShowContextualMenuClick(event)) |
| 2668 { | |
| 7 | 2669 # if 0 |
| 1562 | 2670 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event); |
| 7 | 2671 # else |
| 1562 | 2672 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2673 # endif |
| 1562 | 2674 return; |
| 1292 | 2675 } |
| 7 | 2676 |
| 2677 /* Handle normal event */ | |
| 2678 switch (event->what) | |
| 2679 { | |
| 168 | 2680 #ifndef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 7 | 2681 case (keyDown): |
| 2682 case (autoKey): | |
| 9 | 2683 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2684 break; |
| 168 | 2685 #endif |
| 7 | 2686 case (keyUp): |
| 857 | 2687 /* We don't care about when the key is released */ |
| 7 | 2688 break; |
| 2689 | |
| 2690 case (mouseDown): | |
| 2691 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event); | |
| 2692 break; | |
| 2693 | |
| 2694 case (mouseUp): | |
| 2695 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(event); | |
| 2696 break; | |
| 2697 | |
| 2698 case (updateEvt): | |
| 9 | 2699 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2700 break; |
| 2701 | |
| 2702 case (diskEvt): | |
| 2703 /* We don't need special handling for disk insertion */ | |
| 2704 break; | |
| 2705 | |
| 2706 case (activateEvt): | |
| 9 | 2707 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2708 break; |
| 2709 | |
| 2710 case (osEvt): | |
| 2711 switch ((event->message >> 24) & 0xFF) | |
| 2712 { | |
| 2713 case (0xFA): /* mouseMovedMessage */ | |
| 9 | 2714 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2715 break; |
| 2716 case (0x01): /* suspendResumeMessage */ | |
| 9 | 2717 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2718 break; |
| 2719 } | |
| 2720 break; | |
| 2721 | |
| 2722 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 2723 case (kHighLevelEvent): | |
| 2724 /* Someone's talking to us, through AppleEvents */ | |
| 2725 error = AEProcessAppleEvent(event); /* TODO: Error Handling */ | |
| 2726 break; | |
| 2727 #endif | |
| 2728 } | |
| 2729 } | |
| 2730 | |
| 2731 /* | |
| 2732 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 2733 * Unknown Stuff | |
| 2734 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 2735 */ | |
| 2736 | |
| 2737 | |
| 2738 GuiFont | |
| 593 | 2739 gui_mac_find_font(char_u *font_name) |
| 7 | 2740 { |
| 2741 char_u c; | |
| 2742 char_u *p; | |
| 2743 char_u pFontName[256]; | |
| 2744 Str255 systemFontname; | |
| 2745 short font_id; | |
| 2746 short size=9; | |
| 2747 GuiFont font; | |
| 2748 #if 0 | |
| 2749 char_u *fontNamePtr; | |
| 2750 #endif | |
| 2751 | |
| 2752 for (p = font_name; ((*p != 0) && (*p != ':')); p++) | |
| 2753 ; | |
| 2754 | |
| 2755 c = *p; | |
| 2756 *p = 0; | |
| 2757 | |
| 2758 #if 1 | |
| 2759 STRCPY(&pFontName[1], font_name); | |
| 2760 pFontName[0] = STRLEN(font_name); | |
| 2761 *p = c; | |
| 2762 | |
| 168 | 2763 /* Get the font name, minus the style suffix (:h, etc) */ |
| 2764 char_u fontName[256]; | |
| 2765 char_u *styleStart = vim_strchr(font_name, ':'); | |
| 2766 size_t fontNameLen = styleStart ? styleStart - font_name : STRLEN(fontName); | |
| 2767 vim_strncpy(fontName, font_name, fontNameLen); | |
| 2768 | |
| 2769 ATSUFontID fontRef; | |
| 2770 FMFontStyle fontStyle; | |
| 2771 font_id = 0; | |
| 2772 | |
| 2773 if (ATSUFindFontFromName(&pFontName[1], pFontName[0], kFontFullName, | |
| 2774 kFontMacintoshPlatform, kFontNoScriptCode, kFontNoLanguageCode, | |
| 2775 &fontRef) == noErr) | |
| 2776 { | |
| 2777 if (FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont(fontRef, &font_id, &fontStyle) != noErr) | |
| 2778 font_id = 0; | |
| 2779 } | |
| 13 | 2780 |
| 2781 if (font_id == 0) | |
| 2782 { | |
| 2783 /* | |
| 2784 * Try again, this time replacing underscores in the font name | |
| 2785 * with spaces (:set guifont allows the two to be used | |
| 2786 * interchangeably; the Font Manager doesn't). | |
| 2787 */ | |
| 2788 int i, changed = FALSE; | |
| 2789 | |
| 2790 for (i = pFontName[0]; i > 0; --i) | |
| 2791 { | |
| 2792 if (pFontName[i] == '_') | |
| 2793 { | |
| 2794 pFontName[i] = ' '; | |
| 2795 changed = TRUE; | |
| 2796 } | |
| 2797 } | |
| 2798 if (changed) | |
| 168 | 2799 if (ATSUFindFontFromName(&pFontName[1], pFontName[0], |
| 2800 kFontFullName, kFontNoPlatformCode, kFontNoScriptCode, | |
| 2801 kFontNoLanguageCode, &fontRef) == noErr) | |
| 2802 { | |
| 2803 if (FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont(fontRef, &font_id, &fontStyle) != noErr) | |
| 2804 font_id = 0; | |
| 2805 } | |
| 13 | 2806 } |
| 2807 | |
| 7 | 2808 #else |
| 2809 /* name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); */ | |
| 2810 fontNamePtr = C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(font_name); | |
| 2811 | |
| 9 | 2812 GetFNum(fontNamePtr, &font_id); |
| 7 | 2813 #endif |
| 2814 | |
| 2815 | |
| 2816 if (font_id == 0) | |
| 2817 { | |
| 2818 /* Oups, the system font was it the one the user want */ | |
| 2819 | |
| 168 | 2820 if (FMGetFontFamilyName(systemFont, systemFontname) != noErr) |
| 2821 return NOFONT; | |
| 7 | 2822 if (!EqualString(pFontName, systemFontname, false, false)) |
| 2823 return NOFONT; | |
| 2824 } | |
| 2825 if (*p == ':') | |
| 2826 { | |
| 2827 p++; | |
| 2828 /* Set the values found after ':' */ | |
| 2829 while (*p) | |
| 2830 { | |
| 2831 switch (*p++) | |
| 2832 { | |
| 2833 case 'h': | |
| 2834 size = points_to_pixels(p, &p, TRUE); | |
| 2835 break; | |
| 2836 /* | |
| 2837 * TODO: Maybe accept width and styles | |
| 2838 */ | |
| 2839 } | |
| 2840 while (*p == ':') | |
| 2841 p++; | |
| 2842 } | |
| 2843 } | |
| 2844 | |
| 2845 if (size < 1) | |
| 2846 size = 1; /* Avoid having a size of 0 with system font */ | |
| 2847 | |
| 2848 font = (size << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF); | |
| 2849 | |
| 2850 return font; | |
| 2851 } | |
| 2852 | |
| 2853 /* | |
| 2854 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1212 | 2855 * GUI_MCH functionality |
| 7 | 2856 * ------------------------------------------------------------ |
| 2857 */ | |
| 2858 | |
| 2859 /* | |
| 2860 * Parse the GUI related command-line arguments. Any arguments used are | |
| 2861 * deleted from argv, and *argc is decremented accordingly. This is called | |
| 2862 * when vim is started, whether or not the GUI has been started. | |
| 2863 */ | |
| 2864 void | |
| 593 | 2865 gui_mch_prepare(int *argc, char **argv) |
| 7 | 2866 { |
| 2867 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */ | |
| 2868 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 2869 FSSpec applDir; | |
| 2870 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH | |
| 2871 short applVRefNum; | |
| 2872 long applDirID; | |
| 2873 Str255 volName; | |
| 2874 # else | |
| 2875 ProcessSerialNumber psn; | |
| 2876 FSRef applFSRef; | |
| 2877 # endif | |
| 2878 #endif | |
| 2879 | |
| 2880 #if 0 | |
| 2881 InitCursor(); | |
| 2882 | |
| 2883 RegisterAppearanceClient(); | |
| 2884 | |
| 2885 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 2886 (void) InstallAEHandlers(); | |
| 2887 #endif | |
| 2888 | |
| 9 | 2889 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */ |
| 2890 | |
| 2891 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM"); | |
| 2892 | |
| 2893 InsertMenu(pomme, 0); | |
| 7 | 2894 |
| 2895 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 2896 | |
| 2897 | |
| 2898 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW | |
| 9 | 2899 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11); |
| 7 | 2900 #else |
| 9 | 2901 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11); |
| 7 | 2902 #endif |
| 2903 | |
| 2904 | |
| 2905 CreateNewWindow(kDocumentWindowClass, | |
| 2906 kWindowResizableAttribute | kWindowCollapseBoxAttribute, | |
| 9 | 2907 &windRect, &gui.VimWindow); |
| 2908 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); | |
| 7 | 2909 |
| 2910 gui.char_width = 7; | |
| 2911 gui.char_height = 11; | |
| 2912 gui.char_ascent = 6; | |
| 2913 gui.num_rows = 24; | |
| 2914 gui.num_cols = 80; | |
| 2915 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */ | |
| 2916 | |
| 9 | 2917 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action); |
| 2918 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb); | |
| 7 | 2919 |
| 2920 dragRectEnbl = FALSE; | |
| 2921 dragRgn = NULL; | |
| 2922 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty; | |
| 2923 cursorRgn = NewRgn(); | |
| 2924 #endif | |
| 2925 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 2926 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH | |
| 9 | 2927 HGetVol(volName, &applVRefNum, &applDirID); |
| 7 | 2928 /* TN2015: mention a possible bad VRefNum */ |
| 9 | 2929 FSMakeFSSpec(applVRefNum, applDirID, "\p", &applDir); |
| 7 | 2930 # else |
| 2931 /* OSErr GetApplicationBundleFSSpec(FSSpecPtr theFSSpecPtr) | |
| 2932 * of TN2015 | |
| 2933 */ | |
| 9 | 2934 (void)GetCurrentProcess(&psn); |
| 7 | 2935 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */ |
| 2936 | |
| 9 | 2937 (void)GetProcessBundleLocation(&psn, &applFSRef); |
| 7 | 2938 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */ |
| 2939 | |
| 9 | 2940 (void)FSGetCatalogInfo(&applFSRef, kFSCatInfoNone, NULL, NULL, &applDir, NULL); |
| 7 | 2941 |
| 2942 /* This technic return NIL when we disallow_gui */ | |
| 2943 # endif | |
| 9 | 2944 exe_name = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(applDir); |
| 7 | 2945 #endif |
| 2946 } | |
| 2947 | |
| 2948 #ifndef ALWAYS_USE_GUI | |
| 2949 /* | |
| 2950 * Check if the GUI can be started. Called before gvimrc is sourced. | |
| 2951 * Return OK or FAIL. | |
| 2952 */ | |
| 2953 int | |
| 2954 gui_mch_init_check(void) | |
| 2955 { | |
| 2956 /* TODO: For MacOS X find a way to return FAIL, if the user logged in | |
| 2957 * using the >console | |
| 2958 */ | |
| 2959 if (disallow_gui) /* see main.c for reason to disallow */ | |
| 2960 return FAIL; | |
| 2961 return OK; | |
| 2962 } | |
| 2963 #endif | |
| 2964 | |
| 2965 static OSErr | |
| 1107 | 2966 receiveHandler(WindowRef theWindow, void *handlerRefCon, DragRef theDrag) |
| 7 | 2967 { |
| 2968 int x, y; | |
| 2969 int_u modifiers; | |
| 2970 char_u **fnames = NULL; | |
| 2971 int count; | |
| 2972 int i, j; | |
| 2973 | |
| 2974 /* Get drop position, modifiers and count of items */ | |
| 2975 { | |
| 2976 Point point; | |
| 2977 SInt16 mouseUpModifiers; | |
| 2978 UInt16 countItem; | |
| 2979 | |
| 2980 GetDragMouse(theDrag, &point, NULL); | |
| 2981 GlobalToLocal(&point); | |
| 2982 x = point.h; | |
| 2983 y = point.v; | |
| 2984 GetDragModifiers(theDrag, NULL, NULL, &mouseUpModifiers); | |
| 2985 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(mouseUpModifiers); | |
| 2986 CountDragItems(theDrag, &countItem); | |
| 2987 count = countItem; | |
| 2988 } | |
| 2989 | |
| 2990 fnames = (char_u **)alloc(count * sizeof(char_u *)); | |
| 2991 if (fnames == NULL) | |
| 2992 return dragNotAcceptedErr; | |
| 2993 | |
| 2994 /* Get file names dropped */ | |
| 2995 for (i = j = 0; i < count; ++i) | |
| 2996 { | |
| 2997 DragItemRef item; | |
| 2998 OSErr err; | |
| 2999 Size size; | |
| 3000 FlavorType type = flavorTypeHFS; | |
| 3001 HFSFlavor hfsFlavor; | |
| 3002 | |
| 3003 fnames[i] = NULL; | |
| 3004 GetDragItemReferenceNumber(theDrag, i + 1, &item); | |
| 3005 err = GetFlavorDataSize(theDrag, item, type, &size); | |
| 3006 if (err != noErr || size > sizeof(hfsFlavor)) | |
| 3007 continue; | |
| 3008 err = GetFlavorData(theDrag, item, type, &hfsFlavor, &size, 0); | |
| 3009 if (err != noErr) | |
| 3010 continue; | |
| 3011 fnames[j++] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(hfsFlavor.fileSpec); | |
| 3012 } | |
| 3013 count = j; | |
| 3014 | |
| 3015 gui_handle_drop(x, y, modifiers, fnames, count); | |
| 37 | 3016 |
| 3017 /* Fake mouse event to wake from stall */ | |
| 3018 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0); | |
| 3019 | |
| 7 | 3020 return noErr; |
| 3021 } | |
| 3022 | |
| 3023 /* | |
| 3024 * Initialise the GUI. Create all the windows, set up all the call-backs | |
| 3025 * etc. | |
| 3026 */ | |
| 3027 int | |
| 593 | 3028 gui_mch_init(void) |
| 7 | 3029 { |
| 3030 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */ | |
| 1565 | 3031 Rect windRect; |
| 3032 MenuHandle pomme; | |
| 7 | 3033 EventHandlerRef mouseWheelHandlerRef; |
| 1562 | 3034 EventTypeSpec eventTypeSpec; |
| 1565 | 3035 ControlRef rootControl; |
| 168 | 3036 |
| 3037 if (Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &gMacSystemVersion) != noErr) | |
| 593 | 3038 gMacSystemVersion = 0x1000; /* TODO: Default to minimum sensible value */ |
| 168 | 3039 |
| 7 | 3040 #if 1 |
| 3041 InitCursor(); | |
| 3042 | |
| 3043 RegisterAppearanceClient(); | |
| 3044 | |
| 3045 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 3046 (void) InstallAEHandlers(); | |
| 3047 #endif | |
| 3048 | |
| 9 | 3049 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */ |
| 3050 | |
| 3051 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM"); | |
| 3052 | |
| 3053 InsertMenu(pomme, 0); | |
| 7 | 3054 |
| 3055 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 3056 | |
| 3057 | |
| 3058 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW | |
| 9 | 3059 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11); |
| 7 | 3060 #else |
| 9 | 3061 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11); |
| 7 | 3062 #endif |
| 3063 | |
| 3064 gui.VimWindow = NewCWindow(nil, &windRect, "\pgVim on Macintosh", true, | |
| 3065 zoomDocProc, | |
| 3066 (WindowPtr)-1L, true, 0); | |
| 1292 | 3067 CreateRootControl(gui.VimWindow, &rootControl); |
| 7 | 3068 InstallReceiveHandler((DragReceiveHandlerUPP)receiveHandler, |
| 3069 gui.VimWindow, NULL); | |
| 9 | 3070 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); |
| 7 | 3071 |
| 3072 gui.char_width = 7; | |
| 3073 gui.char_height = 11; | |
| 3074 gui.char_ascent = 6; | |
| 3075 gui.num_rows = 24; | |
| 3076 gui.num_cols = 80; | |
| 3077 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */ | |
| 3078 | |
| 9 | 3079 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action); |
| 3080 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb); | |
| 593 | 3081 |
| 13 | 3082 /* Install Carbon event callbacks. */ |
| 3083 (void)InstallFontPanelHandler(); | |
| 7 | 3084 |
| 3085 dragRectEnbl = FALSE; | |
| 3086 dragRgn = NULL; | |
| 3087 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty; | |
| 3088 cursorRgn = NewRgn(); | |
| 3089 #endif | |
| 3090 /* Display any pending error messages */ | |
| 3091 display_errors(); | |
| 3092 | |
| 3093 /* Get background/foreground colors from system */ | |
| 1212 | 3094 /* TODO: do the appropriate call to get real defaults */ |
| 7 | 3095 gui.norm_pixel = 0x00000000; |
| 3096 gui.back_pixel = 0x00FFFFFF; | |
| 3097 | |
| 3098 /* Get the colors from the "Normal" group (set in syntax.c or in a vimrc | |
| 3099 * file). */ | |
| 3100 set_normal_colors(); | |
| 3101 | |
| 3102 /* | |
| 3103 * Check that none of the colors are the same as the background color. | |
| 3104 * Then store the current values as the defaults. | |
| 3105 */ | |
| 3106 gui_check_colors(); | |
| 3107 gui.def_norm_pixel = gui.norm_pixel; | |
| 3108 gui.def_back_pixel = gui.back_pixel; | |
| 3109 | |
| 3110 /* Get the colors for the highlight groups (gui_check_colors() might have | |
| 3111 * changed them) */ | |
| 3112 highlight_gui_started(); | |
| 3113 | |
| 3114 /* | |
| 3115 * Setting the gui constants | |
| 3116 */ | |
| 3117 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 3118 gui.menu_height = 0; | |
| 3119 #endif | |
| 3120 gui.scrollbar_height = gui.scrollbar_width = 15; /* cheat 1 overlap */ | |
| 3121 gui.border_offset = gui.border_width = 2; | |
| 3122 | |
| 1212 | 3123 /* If Quartz-style text anti aliasing is available (see |
| 7 | 3124 gui_mch_draw_string() below), enable it for all font sizes. */ |
| 3125 vim_setenv((char_u *)"QDTEXT_MINSIZE", (char_u *)"1"); | |
| 593 | 3126 |
| 7 | 3127 eventTypeSpec.eventClass = kEventClassMouse; |
| 3128 eventTypeSpec.eventKind = kEventMouseWheelMoved; | |
| 3129 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_mouse_wheel); | |
| 3130 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(mouseWheelHandlerUPP, 1, | |
| 3131 &eventTypeSpec, NULL, &mouseWheelHandlerRef)) | |
| 3132 { | |
| 3133 mouseWheelHandlerRef = NULL; | |
| 3134 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP); | |
| 3135 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL; | |
| 3136 } | |
| 3137 | |
| 168 | 3138 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 1562 | 3139 InterfaceTypeList supportedServices = { kUnicodeDocument }; |
| 3140 NewTSMDocument(1, supportedServices, &gTSMDocument, 0); | |
| 3141 | |
| 3142 /* We don't support inline input yet, use input window by default */ | |
| 3143 UseInputWindow(gTSMDocument, TRUE); | |
| 3144 | |
| 3145 /* Should we activate the document by default? */ | |
| 3146 // ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 3147 | |
| 3148 EventTypeSpec textEventTypes[] = { | |
| 3149 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea }, | |
| 3150 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent }, | |
| 3151 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputPosToOffset }, | |
| 3152 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputOffsetToPos }, | |
| 3153 }; | |
| 3154 | |
| 3155 keyEventHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_handle_text_input); | |
| 3156 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(keyEventHandlerUPP, | |
| 3157 NR_ELEMS(textEventTypes), | |
| 3158 textEventTypes, NULL, NULL)) | |
| 3159 { | |
| 168 | 3160 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(keyEventHandlerUPP); |
| 3161 keyEventHandlerUPP = NULL; | |
| 3162 } | |
| 1562 | 3163 |
| 3164 EventTypeSpec windowEventTypes[] = { | |
| 3165 { kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowActivated }, | |
| 3166 { kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowDeactivated }, | |
| 3167 }; | |
| 3168 | |
| 3169 /* Install window event handler to support TSMDocument activate and | |
| 3170 * deactivate */ | |
| 3171 winEventHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_handle_window_activate); | |
| 3172 if (noErr != InstallWindowEventHandler(gui.VimWindow, | |
| 3173 winEventHandlerUPP, | |
| 3174 NR_ELEMS(windowEventTypes), | |
| 3175 windowEventTypes, NULL, NULL)) | |
| 3176 { | |
| 3177 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(winEventHandlerUPP); | |
| 3178 winEventHandlerUPP = NULL; | |
| 3179 } | |
| 168 | 3180 #endif |
| 3181 | |
| 1106 | 3182 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 3183 /* | |
| 3184 * Create the tabline | |
| 3185 */ | |
| 3186 initialise_tabline(); | |
| 3187 #endif | |
| 3188 | |
| 7 | 3189 /* TODO: Load bitmap if using TOOLBAR */ |
| 3190 return OK; | |
| 3191 } | |
| 3192 | |
| 3193 /* | |
| 3194 * Called when the foreground or background color has been changed. | |
| 3195 */ | |
| 3196 void | |
| 593 | 3197 gui_mch_new_colors(void) |
| 7 | 3198 { |
| 3199 /* TODO: | |
| 3200 * This proc is called when Normal is set to a value | |
| 3210 | 3201 * so what must be done? I don't know |
| 7 | 3202 */ |
| 3203 } | |
| 3204 | |
| 3205 /* | |
| 3206 * Open the GUI window which was created by a call to gui_mch_init(). | |
| 3207 */ | |
| 3208 int | |
| 593 | 3209 gui_mch_open(void) |
| 7 | 3210 { |
| 3211 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow); | |
| 3212 | |
| 3213 if (gui_win_x != -1 && gui_win_y != -1) | |
| 3214 gui_mch_set_winpos(gui_win_x, gui_win_y); | |
| 3215 | |
| 3216 /* | |
| 3217 * Make the GUI the foreground process (in case it was launched | |
| 3218 * from the Terminal or via :gui). | |
| 3219 */ | |
| 3220 { | |
| 3221 ProcessSerialNumber psn; | |
| 3222 if (GetCurrentProcess(&psn) == noErr) | |
| 3223 SetFrontProcess(&psn); | |
| 3224 } | |
| 3225 | |
| 3226 return OK; | |
| 3227 } | |
| 3228 | |
| 1562 | 3229 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 3230 static void | |
| 3231 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(void) | |
| 3232 { | |
| 3233 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle) | |
| 3234 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle); | |
| 3235 if (p_macatsui && gWideFontStyle) | |
| 3236 ATSUDisposeStyle(gWideFontStyle); | |
| 3237 } | |
| 3238 #endif | |
| 3239 | |
| 7 | 3240 void |
| 3241 gui_mch_exit(int rc) | |
| 3242 { | |
| 3243 /* TODO: find out all what is missing here? */ | |
| 3244 DisposeRgn(cursorRgn); | |
| 3245 | |
| 168 | 3246 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 3247 if (keyEventHandlerUPP) | |
| 3248 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(keyEventHandlerUPP); | |
| 3249 #endif | |
| 3250 | |
| 7 | 3251 if (mouseWheelHandlerUPP != NULL) |
| 3252 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP); | |
| 3253 | |
| 168 | 3254 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 1562 | 3255 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(); |
| 3256 #endif | |
| 3257 | |
| 3258 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER | |
| 3259 FixTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 3260 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 3261 DeleteTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 168 | 3262 #endif |
| 3263 | |
| 7 | 3264 /* Exit to shell? */ |
| 3265 exit(rc); | |
| 3266 } | |
| 3267 | |
| 3268 /* | |
| 3269 * Get the position of the top left corner of the window. | |
| 3270 */ | |
| 3271 int | |
| 3272 gui_mch_get_winpos(int *x, int *y) | |
| 3273 { | |
| 3274 /* TODO */ | |
| 3275 Rect bounds; | |
| 3276 OSStatus status; | |
| 3277 | |
| 3278 /* Carbon >= 1.0.2, MacOS >= 8.5 */ | |
| 9 | 3279 status = GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowStructureRgn, &bounds); |
| 7 | 3280 |
| 3281 if (status != noErr) | |
| 3282 return FAIL; | |
| 3283 *x = bounds.left; | |
| 3284 *y = bounds.top; | |
| 3285 return OK; | |
| 3286 } | |
| 3287 | |
| 3288 /* | |
| 3289 * Set the position of the top left corner of the window to the given | |
| 3290 * coordinates. | |
| 3291 */ | |
| 3292 void | |
| 3293 gui_mch_set_winpos(int x, int y) | |
| 3294 { | |
| 3295 /* TODO: Should make sure the window is move within range | |
| 3296 * e.g.: y > ~16 [Menu bar], x > 0, x < screen width | |
| 3297 */ | |
| 1377 | 3298 MoveWindowStructure(gui.VimWindow, x, y); |
| 7 | 3299 } |
| 3300 | |
| 3301 void | |
| 3302 gui_mch_set_shellsize( | |
| 3303 int width, | |
| 3304 int height, | |
| 3305 int min_width, | |
| 3306 int min_height, | |
| 3307 int base_width, | |
| 812 | 3308 int base_height, |
| 3309 int direction) | |
| 7 | 3310 { |
| 3311 CGrafPtr VimPort; | |
| 3312 Rect VimBound; | |
| 3313 | |
| 3314 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 3315 { | |
| 9 | 3316 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); |
| 3317 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); | |
| 7 | 3318 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width; /* + 1;*/ |
| 9 | 3319 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); |
| 7 | 3320 /* GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &winPortRect); ??*/ |
| 3321 } | |
| 3322 else | |
| 3323 { | |
| 9 | 3324 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); |
| 3325 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); | |
| 7 | 3326 VimBound.left = 0; |
| 9 | 3327 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); |
| 7 | 3328 } |
| 3329 | |
| 3330 SizeWindow(gui.VimWindow, width, height, TRUE); | |
| 3331 | |
| 3332 gui_resize_shell(width, height); | |
| 3333 } | |
| 3334 | |
| 3335 /* | |
| 3336 * Get the screen dimensions. | |
| 3337 * Allow 10 pixels for horizontal borders, 40 for vertical borders. | |
| 3338 * Is there no way to find out how wide the borders really are? | |
| 1212 | 3339 * TODO: Add live update of those value on suspend/resume. |
| 7 | 3340 */ |
| 3341 void | |
| 593 | 3342 gui_mch_get_screen_dimensions(int *screen_w, int *screen_h) |
| 7 | 3343 { |
| 3344 GDHandle dominantDevice = GetMainDevice(); | |
| 3345 Rect screenRect = (**dominantDevice).gdRect; | |
| 3346 | |
| 3347 *screen_w = screenRect.right - 10; | |
| 3348 *screen_h = screenRect.bottom - 40; | |
| 3349 } | |
| 3350 | |
| 3351 | |
| 13 | 3352 /* |
| 3353 * Open the Font Panel and wait for the user to select a font and | |
| 3354 * close the panel. Then fill the buffer pointed to by font_name with | |
| 3355 * the name and size of the selected font and return the font's handle, | |
| 3356 * or NOFONT in case of an error. | |
| 3357 */ | |
| 3358 static GuiFont | |
| 3359 gui_mac_select_font(char_u *font_name) | |
| 3360 { | |
| 3361 GuiFont selected_font = NOFONT; | |
| 3362 OSStatus status; | |
| 3363 FontSelectionQDStyle curr_font; | |
| 3364 | |
| 3365 /* Initialize the Font Panel with the current font. */ | |
| 3366 curr_font.instance.fontFamily = gui.norm_font & 0xFFFF; | |
| 3367 curr_font.size = (gui.norm_font >> 16); | |
| 3368 /* TODO: set fontStyle once styles are supported in gui_mac_find_font() */ | |
| 3369 curr_font.instance.fontStyle = 0; | |
| 3370 curr_font.hasColor = false; | |
| 3371 curr_font.version = 0; /* version number of the style structure */ | |
| 3372 status = SetFontInfoForSelection(kFontSelectionQDType, | |
| 3373 /*numStyles=*/1, &curr_font, /*eventTarget=*/NULL); | |
| 3374 | |
| 3375 gFontPanelInfo.family = curr_font.instance.fontFamily; | |
| 3376 gFontPanelInfo.style = curr_font.instance.fontStyle; | |
| 3377 gFontPanelInfo.size = curr_font.size; | |
| 3378 | |
| 3379 /* Pop up the Font Panel. */ | |
| 3380 status = FPShowHideFontPanel(); | |
| 3381 if (status == noErr) | |
| 3382 { | |
| 3383 /* | |
| 3384 * The Font Panel is modeless. We really need it to be modal, | |
| 3385 * so we spin in an event loop until the panel is closed. | |
| 3386 */ | |
| 3387 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = true; | |
| 3388 while (gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible) | |
| 3389 { | |
| 3390 EventRecord e; | |
| 3391 WaitNextEvent(everyEvent, &e, /*sleep=*/20, /*mouseRgn=*/NULL); | |
| 3392 } | |
| 3393 | |
| 3394 GetFontPanelSelection(font_name); | |
| 3395 selected_font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name); | |
| 3396 } | |
| 3397 return selected_font; | |
| 3398 } | |
| 3399 | |
| 1562 | 3400 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 3401 static void | |
| 3402 gui_mac_create_atsui_style(void) | |
| 3403 { | |
| 3404 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle == NULL) | |
| 3405 { | |
| 3406 if (ATSUCreateStyle(&gFontStyle) != noErr) | |
| 3407 gFontStyle = NULL; | |
| 3408 } | |
| 3409 if (p_macatsui && gWideFontStyle == NULL) | |
| 3410 { | |
| 3411 if (ATSUCreateStyle(&gWideFontStyle) != noErr) | |
| 3412 gWideFontStyle = NULL; | |
| 3413 } | |
| 3414 | |
| 3415 p_macatsui_last = p_macatsui; | |
| 3416 } | |
| 3417 #endif | |
| 7 | 3418 |
| 3419 /* | |
| 3420 * Initialise vim to use the font with the given name. Return FAIL if the font | |
| 3421 * could not be loaded, OK otherwise. | |
| 3422 */ | |
| 3423 int | |
| 593 | 3424 gui_mch_init_font(char_u *font_name, int fontset) |
| 7 | 3425 { |
| 3426 /* TODO: Add support for bold italic underline proportional etc... */ | |
| 3427 Str255 suggestedFont = "\pMonaco"; | |
| 170 | 3428 int suggestedSize = 10; |
| 7 | 3429 FontInfo font_info; |
| 3430 short font_id; | |
| 3431 GuiFont font; | |
| 37 | 3432 char_u used_font_name[512]; |
| 7 | 3433 |
| 168 | 3434 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 1562 | 3435 gui_mac_create_atsui_style(); |
| 168 | 3436 #endif |
| 3437 | |
| 7 | 3438 if (font_name == NULL) |
| 3439 { | |
| 3440 /* First try to get the suggested font */ | |
| 3441 GetFNum(suggestedFont, &font_id); | |
| 3442 | |
| 3443 if (font_id == 0) | |
| 3444 { | |
| 3445 /* Then pickup the standard application font */ | |
| 3446 font_id = GetAppFont(); | |
| 37 | 3447 STRCPY(used_font_name, "default"); |
| 7 | 3448 } |
| 37 | 3449 else |
| 3450 STRCPY(used_font_name, "Monaco"); | |
| 7 | 3451 font = (suggestedSize << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF); |
| 3452 } | |
| 13 | 3453 else if (STRCMP(font_name, "*") == 0) |
| 3454 { | |
| 37 | 3455 char_u *new_p_guifont; |
| 3456 | |
| 3457 font = gui_mac_select_font(used_font_name); | |
| 13 | 3458 if (font == NOFONT) |
| 3459 return FAIL; | |
| 3460 | |
| 3461 /* Set guifont to the name of the selected font. */ | |
| 37 | 3462 new_p_guifont = alloc(STRLEN(used_font_name) + 1); |
| 13 | 3463 if (new_p_guifont != NULL) |
| 3464 { | |
| 37 | 3465 STRCPY(new_p_guifont, used_font_name); |
| 13 | 3466 vim_free(p_guifont); |
| 3467 p_guifont = new_p_guifont; | |
| 3468 /* Replace spaces in the font name with underscores. */ | |
| 3469 for ( ; *new_p_guifont; ++new_p_guifont) | |
| 3470 { | |
| 3471 if (*new_p_guifont == ' ') | |
| 3472 *new_p_guifont = '_'; | |
| 3473 } | |
| 3474 } | |
| 3475 } | |
| 7 | 3476 else |
| 3477 { | |
| 9 | 3478 font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name); |
| 418 | 3479 vim_strncpy(used_font_name, font_name, sizeof(used_font_name) - 1); |
| 7 | 3480 |
| 3481 if (font == NOFONT) | |
| 3482 return FAIL; | |
| 3483 } | |
| 37 | 3484 |
| 7 | 3485 gui.norm_font = font; |
| 3486 | |
| 37 | 3487 hl_set_font_name(used_font_name); |
| 3488 | |
| 9 | 3489 TextSize(font >> 16); |
| 3490 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF); | |
| 3491 | |
| 189 | 3492 GetFontInfo(&font_info); |
| 3493 | |
| 3494 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent; | |
| 3495 gui.char_width = CharWidth('_'); | |
| 3496 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace; | |
| 3497 | |
| 168 | 3498 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 842 | 3499 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle) |
| 1562 | 3500 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(font); |
| 168 | 3501 #endif |
| 3502 | |
| 7 | 3503 return OK; |
| 3504 } | |
| 3505 | |
| 444 | 3506 /* |
| 3507 * Adjust gui.char_height (after 'linespace' was changed). | |
| 3508 */ | |
| 7 | 3509 int |
| 593 | 3510 gui_mch_adjust_charheight(void) |
| 7 | 3511 { |
| 3512 FontInfo font_info; | |
| 3513 | |
| 9 | 3514 GetFontInfo(&font_info); |
| 7 | 3515 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace; |
| 3516 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent + p_linespace / 2; | |
| 3517 return OK; | |
| 3518 } | |
| 3519 | |
| 3520 /* | |
| 3521 * Get a font structure for highlighting. | |
| 3522 */ | |
| 3523 GuiFont | |
| 593 | 3524 gui_mch_get_font(char_u *name, int giveErrorIfMissing) |
| 7 | 3525 { |
| 3526 GuiFont font; | |
| 3527 | |
| 3528 font = gui_mac_find_font(name); | |
| 3529 | |
| 3530 if (font == NOFONT) | |
| 3531 { | |
| 3532 if (giveErrorIfMissing) | |
|
15470
55ccc2d353bd
patch 8.1.0743: giving error messages is not flexible
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
15134
diff
changeset
|
3533 semsg(_(e_font), name); |
| 7 | 3534 return NOFONT; |
| 3535 } | |
| 3536 /* | |
| 3537 * TODO : Accept only monospace | |
| 3538 */ | |
| 3539 | |
| 3540 return font; | |
| 3541 } | |
| 3542 | |
| 44 | 3543 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 3544 /* |
| 37 | 3545 * Return the name of font "font" in allocated memory. |
| 3546 * Don't know how to get the actual name, thus use the provided name. | |
| 3547 */ | |
| 3548 char_u * | |
| 593 | 3549 gui_mch_get_fontname(GuiFont font, char_u *name) |
| 37 | 3550 { |
| 3551 if (name == NULL) | |
| 3552 return NULL; | |
| 3553 return vim_strsave(name); | |
| 3554 } | |
| 44 | 3555 #endif |
| 37 | 3556 |
| 1562 | 3557 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 3558 static void | |
| 3559 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(GuiFont font) | |
| 3560 { | |
| 3561 ATSUFontID fontID; | |
| 3562 Fixed fontSize; | |
| 3563 Fixed fontWidth; | |
| 3564 | |
| 3565 fontID = font & 0xFFFF; | |
| 3566 fontSize = Long2Fix(font >> 16); | |
| 3567 fontWidth = Long2Fix(gui.char_width); | |
| 3568 | |
| 3569 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = | |
| 3570 { | |
| 3571 kATSUFontTag, kATSUSizeTag, kATSUImposeWidthTag, | |
| 3572 kATSUMaxATSUITagValue + 1 | |
| 3573 }; | |
| 3574 | |
| 3575 ByteCount attribSizes[] = | |
| 3576 { | |
| 3577 sizeof(ATSUFontID), sizeof(Fixed), sizeof(fontWidth), | |
| 3578 sizeof(font) | |
| 3579 }; | |
| 3580 | |
| 3581 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = | |
| 3582 { | |
| 3583 &fontID, &fontSize, &fontWidth, &font | |
| 3584 }; | |
| 3585 | |
| 3586 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(fontID, 0, &fontID, NULL) == noErr) | |
| 3587 { | |
| 3588 if (ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, | |
| 3589 (sizeof attribTags) / sizeof(ATSUAttributeTag), | |
| 3590 attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues) != noErr) | |
| 3591 { | |
| 3592 # ifndef NDEBUG | |
| 3593 fprintf(stderr, "couldn't set font style\n"); | |
| 3594 # endif | |
| 3595 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle); | |
| 3596 gFontStyle = NULL; | |
| 3597 } | |
| 3598 | |
| 3599 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3600 { | |
| 3601 /* FIXME: we should use a more mbyte sensitive way to support | |
| 3602 * wide font drawing */ | |
| 3603 fontWidth = Long2Fix(gui.char_width * 2); | |
| 3604 | |
| 3605 if (ATSUSetAttributes(gWideFontStyle, | |
| 3606 (sizeof attribTags) / sizeof(ATSUAttributeTag), | |
| 3607 attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues) != noErr) | |
| 3608 { | |
| 3609 ATSUDisposeStyle(gWideFontStyle); | |
| 3610 gWideFontStyle = NULL; | |
| 3611 } | |
| 3612 } | |
| 3613 } | |
| 3614 } | |
| 3615 #endif | |
| 3616 | |
| 37 | 3617 /* |
| 7 | 3618 * Set the current text font. |
| 3619 */ | |
| 3620 void | |
| 593 | 3621 gui_mch_set_font(GuiFont font) |
| 7 | 3622 { |
| 168 | 3623 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 3624 GuiFont currFont; | |
| 3625 ByteCount actualFontByteCount; | |
| 3626 | |
| 842 | 3627 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle) |
| 168 | 3628 { |
| 3629 /* Avoid setting same font again */ | |
| 1562 | 3630 if (ATSUGetAttribute(gFontStyle, kATSUMaxATSUITagValue + 1, |
| 3631 sizeof(font), &currFont, &actualFontByteCount) == noErr | |
| 3632 && actualFontByteCount == (sizeof font)) | |
| 168 | 3633 { |
| 3634 if (currFont == font) | |
| 3635 return; | |
| 3636 } | |
| 3637 | |
| 1562 | 3638 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(font); |
| 168 | 3639 } |
| 3640 | |
| 842 | 3641 if (p_macatsui && !gIsFontFallbackSet) |
| 168 | 3642 { |
| 3643 /* Setup automatic font substitution. The user's guifontwide | |
| 3644 * is tried first, then the system tries other fonts. */ | |
| 3645 /* | |
| 3646 ATSUAttributeTag fallbackTags[] = { kATSULineFontFallbacksTag }; | |
| 3647 ByteCount fallbackSizes[] = { sizeof(ATSUFontFallbacks) }; | |
| 3648 ATSUCreateFontFallbacks(&gFontFallbacks); | |
| 3649 ATSUSetObjFontFallbacks(gFontFallbacks, ); | |
| 3650 */ | |
| 3651 if (gui.wide_font) | |
| 3652 { | |
| 3653 ATSUFontID fallbackFonts; | |
| 3654 gIsFontFallbackSet = TRUE; | |
| 3655 | |
| 3656 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance( | |
| 3657 (gui.wide_font & 0xFFFF), | |
| 3658 0, | |
| 3659 &fallbackFonts, | |
| 3660 NULL) == noErr) | |
| 3661 { | |
| 1562 | 3662 ATSUSetFontFallbacks((sizeof fallbackFonts)/sizeof(ATSUFontID), |
| 3663 &fallbackFonts, | |
| 3664 kATSUSequentialFallbacksPreferred); | |
| 168 | 3665 } |
| 3666 /* | |
| 3667 ATSUAttributeValuePtr fallbackValues[] = { }; | |
| 3668 */ | |
| 3669 } | |
| 3670 } | |
| 3671 #endif | |
| 7 | 3672 TextSize(font >> 16); |
| 3673 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF); | |
| 3674 } | |
| 3675 | |
| 3676 /* | |
| 3677 * If a font is not going to be used, free its structure. | |
| 3678 */ | |
| 3679 void | |
|
7821
81794242a275
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/66f948e928d5e0cd3123af902aa8ac1613534c94
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
6819
diff
changeset
|
3680 gui_mch_free_font(GuiFont font) |
| 7 | 3681 { |
| 3682 /* | |
| 3683 * Free font when "font" is not 0. | |
| 3684 * Nothing to do in the current implementation, since | |
| 3685 * nothing is allocated for each font used. | |
| 3686 */ | |
| 3687 } | |
| 3688 | |
| 3689 /* | |
| 3690 * Return the Pixel value (color) for the given color name. This routine was | |
| 3691 * pretty much taken from example code in the Silicon Graphics OSF/Motif | |
| 3692 * Programmer's Guide. | |
| 3693 * Return INVALCOLOR when failed. | |
| 3694 */ | |
| 3695 guicolor_T | |
| 593 | 3696 gui_mch_get_color(char_u *name) |
| 7 | 3697 { |
| 3698 /* TODO: Add support for the new named color of MacOS 8 | |
| 3699 */ | |
| 3700 RGBColor MacColor; | |
|
9013
22c29a515b53
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ab3022196ea4f1496e79b8ee85996e31c45d02f1
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
8269
diff
changeset
|
3701 |
|
22c29a515b53
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ab3022196ea4f1496e79b8ee85996e31c45d02f1
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
8269
diff
changeset
|
3702 if (STRICMP(name, "hilite") == 0) |
| 7 | 3703 { |
|
9013
22c29a515b53
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ab3022196ea4f1496e79b8ee85996e31c45d02f1
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
8269
diff
changeset
|
3704 LMGetHiliteRGB(&MacColor); |
|
22c29a515b53
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ab3022196ea4f1496e79b8ee85996e31c45d02f1
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
8269
diff
changeset
|
3705 return (RGB(MacColor.red >> 8, MacColor.green >> 8, MacColor.blue >> 8)); |
| 7 | 3706 } |
|
9013
22c29a515b53
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ab3022196ea4f1496e79b8ee85996e31c45d02f1
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
8269
diff
changeset
|
3707 return gui_get_color_cmn(name); |
| 7 | 3708 } |
| 3709 | |
|
11745
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3710 guicolor_T |
|
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3711 gui_mch_get_rgb_color(int r, int g, int b) |
|
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3712 { |
|
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3713 return gui_get_rgb_color_cmn(r, g, b); |
|
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3714 } |
|
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3715 |
| 7 | 3716 /* |
| 3717 * Set the current text foreground color. | |
| 3718 */ | |
| 3719 void | |
| 593 | 3720 gui_mch_set_fg_color(guicolor_T color) |
| 7 | 3721 { |
| 3722 RGBColor TheColor; | |
| 3723 | |
| 3724 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3725 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3726 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3727 | |
| 9 | 3728 RGBForeColor(&TheColor); |
| 7 | 3729 } |
| 3730 | |
| 3731 /* | |
| 3732 * Set the current text background color. | |
| 3733 */ | |
| 3734 void | |
| 593 | 3735 gui_mch_set_bg_color(guicolor_T color) |
| 7 | 3736 { |
| 3737 RGBColor TheColor; | |
| 3738 | |
| 3739 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3740 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3741 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3742 | |
| 9 | 3743 RGBBackColor(&TheColor); |
| 7 | 3744 } |
| 3745 | |
| 563 | 3746 RGBColor specialColor; |
| 3747 | |
| 212 | 3748 /* |
| 563 | 3749 * Set the current text special color. |
| 212 | 3750 */ |
| 3751 void | |
| 593 | 3752 gui_mch_set_sp_color(guicolor_T color) |
| 212 | 3753 { |
| 563 | 3754 specialColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101; |
| 3755 specialColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3756 specialColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3757 } | |
| 3758 | |
| 3759 /* | |
| 3760 * Draw undercurl at the bottom of the character cell. | |
| 3761 */ | |
| 3762 static void | |
| 3763 draw_undercurl(int flags, int row, int col, int cells) | |
| 3764 { | |
| 856 | 3765 int x; |
| 3766 int offset; | |
| 3767 const static int val[8] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 2, 2 }; | |
| 3768 int y = FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1; | |
| 563 | 3769 |
| 3770 RGBForeColor(&specialColor); | |
| 3771 | |
| 3772 offset = val[FILL_X(col) % 8]; | |
| 3773 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), y - offset); | |
| 3774 | |
| 593 | 3775 for (x = FILL_X(col); x < FILL_X(col + cells); ++x) |
| 563 | 3776 { |
| 593 | 3777 offset = val[x % 8]; |
| 3778 LineTo(x, y - offset); | |
| 563 | 3779 } |
| 212 | 3780 } |
| 3781 | |
| 593 | 3782 |
| 3783 static void | |
| 3784 draw_string_QD(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags) | |
| 7 | 3785 { |
| 3786 char_u *tofree = NULL; | |
| 3787 | |
| 3788 if (output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) | |
| 3789 { | |
| 3790 tofree = string_convert(&output_conv, s, &len); | |
| 3791 if (tofree != NULL) | |
| 3792 s = tofree; | |
| 3793 } | |
| 593 | 3794 |
| 7 | 3795 /* |
| 3796 * On OS X, try using Quartz-style text antialiasing. | |
| 3797 */ | |
| 189 | 3798 if (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020) |
| 7 | 3799 { |
| 3800 /* Quartz antialiasing is available only in OS 10.2 and later. */ | |
| 3801 UInt32 qd_flags = (p_antialias ? | |
| 3802 kQDUseCGTextRendering | kQDUseCGTextMetrics : 0); | |
| 168 | 3803 QDSwapTextFlags(qd_flags); |
| 7 | 3804 } |
| 3805 | |
| 36 | 3806 /* |
| 3807 * When antialiasing we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block | |
| 3808 * before drawing the text. | |
| 3809 * Also needed when 'linespace' is non-zero to remove the cursor and | |
| 3810 * underlining. | |
| 3811 * But not when drawing transparently. | |
| 3812 * The following is like calling gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col + | |
| 3813 * len - 1), but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel. | |
| 3814 */ | |
| 189 | 3815 if (((gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020 && p_antialias) || p_linespace != 0) |
| 36 | 3816 && !(flags & DRAW_TRANSP)) |
| 3817 { | |
| 3818 Rect rc; | |
| 3819 | |
| 3820 rc.left = FILL_X(col); | |
| 3821 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
| 168 | 3822 /* Multibyte computation taken from gui_w32.c */ |
| 3823 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3824 { | |
| 3825 /* Compute the length in display cells. */ | |
|
2338
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2327
diff
changeset
|
3826 rc.right = FILL_X(col + mb_string2cells(s, len)); |
| 168 | 3827 } |
| 3828 else | |
|
15595
1ec942f1b648
patch 8.1.0805: too many #ifdefs
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
15470
diff
changeset
|
3829 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns); |
| 36 | 3830 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1); |
| 3831 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 3832 } | |
| 3833 | |
| 189 | 3834 if (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020 && p_antialias) |
| 7 | 3835 { |
| 3836 StyleParameter face; | |
| 3837 | |
| 3838 face = normal; | |
| 3839 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
| 3840 face |= bold; | |
| 3841 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL) | |
| 3842 face |= underline; | |
| 3843 TextFace(face); | |
| 3844 | |
| 3845 /* Quartz antialiasing works only in srcOr transfer mode. */ | |
| 3846 TextMode(srcOr); | |
| 3847 | |
| 3848 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row)); | |
| 3849 DrawText((char*)s, 0, len); | |
| 3850 } | |
| 3851 else | |
| 3852 { | |
| 3853 /* Use old-style, non-antialiased QuickDraw text rendering. */ | |
| 9 | 3854 TextMode(srcCopy); |
| 3855 TextFace(normal); | |
| 7 | 3856 |
| 3857 /* SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); */ | |
| 3858 | |
| 3859 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP) | |
| 3860 { | |
| 9 | 3861 TextMode(srcOr); |
| 7 | 3862 } |
| 3863 | |
| 9 | 3864 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row)); |
| 593 | 3865 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len); |
| 3866 | |
| 3867 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
| 3868 { | |
| 3869 TextMode(srcOr); | |
| 3870 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col) + 1, TEXT_Y(row)); | |
| 3871 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len); | |
| 3872 } | |
| 3873 | |
| 3874 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL) | |
| 3875 { | |
| 3876 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1); | |
| 3877 LineTo(FILL_X(col + len) - 1, FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1); | |
| 3878 } | |
|
12317
2a8890b80923
patch 8.0.1038: strike-through text not supported
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
11745
diff
changeset
|
3879 if (flags & DRAW_STRIKE) |
|
2a8890b80923
patch 8.0.1038: strike-through text not supported
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
11745
diff
changeset
|
3880 { |
|
2a8890b80923
patch 8.0.1038: strike-through text not supported
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
11745
diff
changeset
|
3881 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), FILL_Y(row + 1) - gui.char_height/2); |
|
2a8890b80923
patch 8.0.1038: strike-through text not supported
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
11745
diff
changeset
|
3882 LineTo(FILL_X(col + len) - 1, FILL_Y(row + 1) - gui.char_height/2); |
|
2a8890b80923
patch 8.0.1038: strike-through text not supported
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
11745
diff
changeset
|
3883 } |
| 593 | 3884 } |
| 3885 | |
| 3886 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERC) | |
| 3887 draw_undercurl(flags, row, col, len); | |
| 3888 | |
| 3889 vim_free(tofree); | |
| 3890 } | |
| 3891 | |
| 842 | 3892 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 593 | 3893 |
| 3894 static void | |
| 3895 draw_string_ATSUI(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags) | |
| 3896 { | |
| 3897 /* ATSUI requires utf-16 strings */ | |
| 3898 UniCharCount utf16_len; | |
| 3899 UniChar *tofree = mac_enc_to_utf16(s, len, (size_t *)&utf16_len); | |
| 3900 utf16_len /= sizeof(UniChar); | |
| 3901 | |
| 3902 /* - ATSUI automatically antialiases text (Someone) | |
| 3903 * - for some reason it does not work... (Jussi) */ | |
| 1562 | 3904 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG |
| 3905 fprintf(stderr, "row = %d, col = %d, len = %d: '%c'\n", | |
| 3906 row, col, len, len == 1 ? s[0] : ' '); | |
| 3907 #endif | |
| 593 | 3908 /* |
| 3909 * When antialiasing we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block | |
| 3910 * before drawing the text. | |
| 3911 * Also needed when 'linespace' is non-zero to remove the cursor and | |
| 3912 * underlining. | |
| 3913 * But not when drawing transparently. | |
| 3914 * The following is like calling gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col + | |
| 3915 * len - 1), but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel. | |
| 3916 */ | |
| 3917 if ((flags & DRAW_TRANSP) == 0) | |
| 3918 { | |
| 3919 Rect rc; | |
| 3920 | |
| 3921 rc.left = FILL_X(col); | |
| 3922 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
| 3923 /* Multibyte computation taken from gui_w32.c */ | |
| 3924 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3925 { | |
| 3926 /* Compute the length in display cells. */ | |
|
2338
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2327
diff
changeset
|
3927 rc.right = FILL_X(col + mb_string2cells(s, len)); |
| 593 | 3928 } |
| 3929 else | |
| 3930 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns); | |
| 3931 | |
| 3932 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1); | |
| 3933 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 3934 } | |
| 3935 | |
| 3936 { | |
| 3937 TextMode(srcCopy); | |
| 3938 TextFace(normal); | |
| 3939 | |
| 1562 | 3940 /* SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); */ |
| 593 | 3941 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP) |
| 3942 { | |
| 3943 TextMode(srcOr); | |
| 3944 } | |
| 3945 | |
| 3946 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row)); | |
| 1562 | 3947 |
| 3948 if (gFontStyle && flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
| 3949 { | |
| 3950 Boolean attValue = true; | |
| 3951 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = { kATSUQDBoldfaceTag }; | |
| 3952 ByteCount attribSizes[] = { sizeof(Boolean) }; | |
| 3953 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = { &attValue }; | |
| 3954 | |
| 3955 ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, 1, attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues); | |
| 3956 } | |
| 3957 | |
|
2327
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3958 UInt32 useAntialias = p_antialias ? kATSStyleApplyAntiAliasing |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3959 : kATSStyleNoAntiAliasing; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3960 if (useAntialias != useAntialias_cached) |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3961 { |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3962 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = { kATSUStyleRenderingOptionsTag }; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3963 ByteCount attribSizes[] = { sizeof(UInt32) }; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3964 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = { &useAntialias }; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3965 |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3966 if (gFontStyle) |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3967 ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, 1, attribTags, |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3968 attribSizes, attribValues); |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3969 if (gWideFontStyle) |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3970 ATSUSetAttributes(gWideFontStyle, 1, attribTags, |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3971 attribSizes, attribValues); |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3972 |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3973 useAntialias_cached = useAntialias; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3974 } |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3975 |
| 1562 | 3976 if (has_mbyte) |
| 168 | 3977 { |
| 1562 | 3978 int n, width_in_cell, last_width_in_cell; |
| 3979 UniCharArrayOffset offset = 0; | |
| 3980 UniCharCount yet_to_draw = 0; | |
| 3981 ATSUTextLayout textLayout; | |
| 3982 ATSUStyle textStyle; | |
| 3983 | |
| 3984 last_width_in_cell = 1; | |
| 3985 ATSUCreateTextLayout(&textLayout); | |
| 3986 ATSUSetTextPointerLocation(textLayout, tofree, | |
| 3987 kATSUFromTextBeginning, | |
| 3988 kATSUToTextEnd, utf16_len); | |
| 3989 /* | |
| 3990 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, gFontStyle, | |
| 3991 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd); */ | |
| 3992 | |
| 3993 /* Compute the length in display cells. */ | |
| 3994 for (n = 0; n < len; n += MB_BYTE2LEN(s[n])) | |
| 3995 { | |
| 3996 width_in_cell = (*mb_ptr2cells)(s + n); | |
| 3997 | |
| 3998 /* probably we are switching from single byte character | |
| 3999 * to multibyte characters (which requires more than one | |
| 4000 * cell to draw) */ | |
| 4001 if (width_in_cell != last_width_in_cell) | |
| 4002 { | |
| 4003 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG | |
| 4004 fprintf(stderr, "\tn = %2d, (%d-%d), offset = %d, yet_to_draw = %d\n", | |
| 4005 n, last_width_in_cell, width_in_cell, offset, yet_to_draw); | |
| 4006 #endif | |
| 4007 textStyle = last_width_in_cell > 1 ? gWideFontStyle | |
| 4008 : gFontStyle; | |
| 4009 | |
| 4010 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, textStyle, offset, yet_to_draw); | |
| 4011 offset += yet_to_draw; | |
| 4012 yet_to_draw = 0; | |
| 4013 last_width_in_cell = width_in_cell; | |
| 4014 } | |
| 4015 | |
| 4016 yet_to_draw++; | |
| 4017 } | |
| 4018 | |
| 4019 if (yet_to_draw) | |
| 4020 { | |
| 4021 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG | |
| 4022 fprintf(stderr, "\tn = %2d, (%d-%d), offset = %d, yet_to_draw = %d\n", | |
| 4023 n, last_width_in_cell, width_in_cell, offset, yet_to_draw); | |
| 4024 #endif | |
| 4025 /* finish the rest style */ | |
| 4026 textStyle = width_in_cell > 1 ? gWideFontStyle : gFontStyle; | |
| 4027 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, textStyle, offset, kATSUToTextEnd); | |
| 4028 } | |
| 4029 | |
| 168 | 4030 ATSUSetTransientFontMatching(textLayout, TRUE); |
| 4031 ATSUDrawText(textLayout, | |
| 1562 | 4032 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd, |
| 4033 kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc, kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc); | |
| 168 | 4034 ATSUDisposeTextLayout(textLayout); |
| 4035 } | |
| 1562 | 4036 else |
| 4037 { | |
| 4038 ATSUTextLayout textLayout; | |
| 4039 | |
| 4040 if (ATSUCreateTextLayoutWithTextPtr(tofree, | |
| 4041 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd, | |
| 4042 utf16_len, | |
| 4043 (gFontStyle ? 1 : 0), &utf16_len, | |
| 4044 (gFontStyle ? &gFontStyle : NULL), | |
| 4045 &textLayout) == noErr) | |
| 4046 { | |
| 4047 ATSUSetTransientFontMatching(textLayout, TRUE); | |
| 4048 | |
| 4049 ATSUDrawText(textLayout, | |
| 4050 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd, | |
| 4051 kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc, kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc); | |
| 4052 | |
| 4053 ATSUDisposeTextLayout(textLayout); | |
| 4054 } | |
| 4055 } | |
| 4056 | |
| 4057 /* drawing is done, now reset bold to normal */ | |
| 4058 if (gFontStyle && flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
| 4059 { | |
| 4060 Boolean attValue = false; | |
| 4061 | |
| 4062 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = { kATSUQDBoldfaceTag }; | |
| 4063 ByteCount attribSizes[] = { sizeof(Boolean) }; | |
| 4064 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = { &attValue }; | |
| 4065 | |
| 4066 ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, 1, attribTags, attribSizes, | |
| 4067 attribValues); | |
| 4068 } | |
| 7 | 4069 } |
| 4070 | |
| 563 | 4071 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERC) |
| 4072 draw_undercurl(flags, row, col, len); | |
| 4073 | |
| 7 | 4074 vim_free(tofree); |
| 593 | 4075 } |
| 4076 #endif | |
| 4077 | |
| 4078 void | |
| 4079 gui_mch_draw_string(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags) | |
| 4080 { | |
| 4081 #if defined(USE_ATSUI_DRAWING) | |
| 1562 | 4082 if (p_macatsui == 0 && p_macatsui_last != 0) |
| 4083 /* switch from macatsui to nomacatsui */ | |
| 4084 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(); | |
| 4085 else if (p_macatsui != 0 && p_macatsui_last == 0) | |
| 4086 /* switch from nomacatsui to macatsui */ | |
| 4087 gui_mac_create_atsui_style(); | |
| 4088 | |
| 842 | 4089 if (p_macatsui) |
| 4090 draw_string_ATSUI(row, col, s, len, flags); | |
| 4091 else | |
| 7 | 4092 #endif |
| 842 | 4093 draw_string_QD(row, col, s, len, flags); |
| 7 | 4094 } |
| 4095 | |
| 4096 /* | |
| 4097 * Return OK if the key with the termcap name "name" is supported. | |
| 4098 */ | |
| 4099 int | |
| 593 | 4100 gui_mch_haskey(char_u *name) |
| 7 | 4101 { |
| 4102 int i; | |
| 4103 | |
| 4104 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++) | |
| 4105 if (name[0] == special_keys[i].vim_code0 && | |
| 4106 name[1] == special_keys[i].vim_code1) | |
| 4107 return OK; | |
| 4108 return FAIL; | |
| 4109 } | |
| 4110 | |
| 4111 void | |
| 593 | 4112 gui_mch_beep(void) |
| 7 | 4113 { |
| 9 | 4114 SysBeep(1); /* Should this be 0? (????) */ |
| 7 | 4115 } |
| 4116 | |
| 4117 void | |
| 593 | 4118 gui_mch_flash(int msec) |
| 7 | 4119 { |
| 4120 /* Do a visual beep by reversing the foreground and background colors */ | |
| 4121 Rect rc; | |
| 4122 | |
| 4123 /* | |
| 4124 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle. | |
| 4125 */ | |
| 4126 rc.left = 0; | |
| 4127 rc.top = 0; | |
| 4128 rc.right = gui.num_cols * gui.char_width; | |
| 4129 rc.bottom = gui.num_rows * gui.char_height; | |
| 4130 InvertRect(&rc); | |
| 4131 | |
| 4132 ui_delay((long)msec, TRUE); /* wait for some msec */ | |
| 4133 | |
| 4134 InvertRect(&rc); | |
| 4135 } | |
| 4136 | |
| 4137 /* | |
| 4138 * Invert a rectangle from row r, column c, for nr rows and nc columns. | |
| 4139 */ | |
| 4140 void | |
| 593 | 4141 gui_mch_invert_rectangle(int r, int c, int nr, int nc) |
| 7 | 4142 { |
| 4143 Rect rc; | |
| 4144 | |
| 4145 /* | |
| 4146 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle. | |
| 4147 */ | |
| 4148 rc.left = FILL_X(c); | |
| 4149 rc.top = FILL_Y(r); | |
| 4150 rc.right = rc.left + nc * gui.char_width; | |
| 4151 rc.bottom = rc.top + nr * gui.char_height; | |
| 4152 InvertRect(&rc); | |
| 4153 } | |
| 4154 | |
| 4155 /* | |
| 4156 * Iconify the GUI window. | |
| 4157 */ | |
| 4158 void | |
| 593 | 4159 gui_mch_iconify(void) |
| 7 | 4160 { |
| 4161 /* TODO: find out what could replace iconify | |
| 4162 * -window shade? | |
| 4163 * -hide application? | |
| 4164 */ | |
| 4165 } | |
| 4166 | |
| 4167 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4168 /* | |
| 4169 * Bring the Vim window to the foreground. | |
| 4170 */ | |
| 4171 void | |
| 593 | 4172 gui_mch_set_foreground(void) |
| 7 | 4173 { |
| 4174 /* TODO */ | |
| 4175 } | |
| 4176 #endif | |
| 4177 | |
| 4178 /* | |
| 4179 * Draw a cursor without focus. | |
| 4180 */ | |
| 4181 void | |
| 593 | 4182 gui_mch_draw_hollow_cursor(guicolor_T color) |
| 7 | 4183 { |
| 4184 Rect rc; | |
| 4185 | |
| 4186 /* | |
| 4187 * Note: FrameRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle. | |
| 4188 */ | |
| 4189 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col); | |
| 4190 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row); | |
| 4191 rc.right = rc.left + gui.char_width; | |
| 168 | 4192 if (mb_lefthalve(gui.row, gui.col)) |
| 4193 rc.right += gui.char_width; | |
| 7 | 4194 rc.bottom = rc.top + gui.char_height; |
| 4195 | |
| 4196 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color); | |
| 4197 | |
| 9 | 4198 FrameRect(&rc); |
| 7 | 4199 } |
| 4200 | |
| 4201 /* | |
| 4202 * Draw part of a cursor, only w pixels wide, and h pixels high. | |
| 4203 */ | |
| 4204 void | |
| 593 | 4205 gui_mch_draw_part_cursor(int w, int h, guicolor_T color) |
| 7 | 4206 { |
| 4207 Rect rc; | |
| 4208 | |
| 4209 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4210 /* vertical line should be on the right of current point */ | |
| 4211 if (CURSOR_BAR_RIGHT) | |
| 4212 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col + 1) - w; | |
| 4213 else | |
| 4214 #endif | |
| 4215 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col); | |
| 4216 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row) + gui.char_height - h; | |
| 4217 rc.right = rc.left + w; | |
| 4218 rc.bottom = rc.top + h; | |
| 4219 | |
| 4220 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color); | |
| 4221 | |
| 168 | 4222 FrameRect(&rc); |
| 4223 // PaintRect(&rc); | |
| 7 | 4224 } |
| 4225 | |
| 4226 | |
| 4227 | |
| 4228 /* | |
| 4229 * Catch up with any queued X events. This may put keyboard input into the | |
| 4230 * input buffer, call resize call-backs, trigger timers etc. If there is | |
| 4231 * nothing in the X event queue (& no timers pending), then we return | |
| 4232 * immediately. | |
| 4233 */ | |
| 4234 void | |
| 593 | 4235 gui_mch_update(void) |
| 7 | 4236 { |
| 4237 /* TODO: find what to do | |
| 4238 * maybe call gui_mch_wait_for_chars (0) | |
| 4239 * more like look at EventQueue then | |
| 4240 * call heart of gui_mch_wait_for_chars; | |
| 4241 * | |
| 4242 * if (eventther) | |
| 4243 * gui_mac_handle_event(&event); | |
| 4244 */ | |
| 4245 EventRecord theEvent; | |
| 4246 | |
| 9 | 4247 if (EventAvail(everyEvent, &theEvent)) |
| 7 | 4248 if (theEvent.what != nullEvent) |
| 4249 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(0); | |
| 4250 } | |
| 4251 | |
| 4252 /* | |
| 4253 * Simple wrapper to neglect more easily the time | |
| 4254 * spent inside WaitNextEvent while profiling. | |
| 4255 */ | |
| 4256 | |
| 4257 pascal | |
| 4258 Boolean | |
| 9 | 4259 WaitNextEventWrp(EventMask eventMask, EventRecord *theEvent, UInt32 sleep, RgnHandle mouseRgn) |
| 7 | 4260 { |
| 4261 if (((long) sleep) < -1) | |
| 4262 sleep = 32767; | |
| 4263 return WaitNextEvent(eventMask, theEvent, sleep, mouseRgn); | |
| 4264 } | |
| 4265 | |
| 4266 /* | |
| 4267 * GUI input routine called by gui_wait_for_chars(). Waits for a character | |
| 4268 * from the keyboard. | |
| 4269 * wtime == -1 Wait forever. | |
| 4270 * wtime == 0 This should never happen. | |
| 4271 * wtime > 0 Wait wtime milliseconds for a character. | |
| 4272 * Returns OK if a character was found to be available within the given time, | |
| 4273 * or FAIL otherwise. | |
| 4274 */ | |
| 4275 int | |
| 593 | 4276 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(int wtime) |
| 7 | 4277 { |
| 4278 EventMask mask = (everyEvent); | |
| 4279 EventRecord event; | |
| 4280 long entryTick; | |
| 4281 long currentTick; | |
| 4282 long sleeppyTick; | |
| 4283 | |
| 4284 /* If we are providing life feedback with the scrollbar, | |
| 4285 * we don't want to try to wait for an event, or else | |
| 4286 * there won't be any life feedback. | |
| 4287 */ | |
| 4288 if (dragged_sb != NULL) | |
| 4289 return FAIL; | |
| 4290 /* TODO: Check if FAIL is the proper return code */ | |
| 4291 | |
| 4292 entryTick = TickCount(); | |
| 4293 | |
| 4294 allow_scrollbar = TRUE; | |
| 4295 | |
| 4296 do | |
| 4297 { | |
| 4298 /* if (dragRectControl == kCreateEmpty) | |
| 4299 { | |
| 4300 dragRgn = NULL; | |
| 4301 dragRectControl = kNothing; | |
| 4302 } | |
| 4303 else*/ if (dragRectControl == kCreateRect) | |
| 4304 { | |
| 4305 dragRgn = cursorRgn; | |
| 9 | 4306 RectRgn(dragRgn, &dragRect); |
| 7 | 4307 dragRectControl = kNothing; |
| 4308 } | |
| 4309 /* | |
| 4310 * Don't use gui_mch_update() because then we will spin-lock until a | |
| 4311 * char arrives, instead we use WaitNextEventWrp() to hang until an | |
| 4312 * event arrives. No need to check for input_buf_full because we are | |
| 4313 * returning as soon as it contains a single char. | |
| 4314 */ | |
| 2585 | 4315 /* TODO: reduce wtime accordingly??? */ |
| 7 | 4316 if (wtime > -1) |
| 1562 | 4317 sleeppyTick = 60 * wtime / 1000; |
| 7 | 4318 else |
| 4319 sleeppyTick = 32767; | |
| 1562 | 4320 |
| 9 | 4321 if (WaitNextEventWrp(mask, &event, sleeppyTick, dragRgn)) |
| 7 | 4322 { |
| 1562 | 4323 gui_mac_handle_event(&event); |
| 7 | 4324 if (input_available()) |
| 4325 { | |
| 4326 allow_scrollbar = FALSE; | |
| 4327 return OK; | |
| 4328 } | |
| 4329 } | |
| 4330 currentTick = TickCount(); | |
| 4331 } | |
| 4332 while ((wtime == -1) || ((currentTick - entryTick) < 60*wtime/1000)); | |
| 4333 | |
| 4334 allow_scrollbar = FALSE; | |
| 4335 return FAIL; | |
| 4336 } | |
| 4337 | |
| 4338 /* | |
| 4339 * Output routines. | |
| 4340 */ | |
| 4341 | |
| 4342 /* Flush any output to the screen */ | |
| 4343 void | |
| 593 | 4344 gui_mch_flush(void) |
| 7 | 4345 { |
| 4346 /* TODO: Is anything needed here? */ | |
| 4347 } | |
| 4348 | |
| 4349 /* | |
| 4350 * Clear a rectangular region of the screen from text pos (row1, col1) to | |
| 4351 * (row2, col2) inclusive. | |
| 4352 */ | |
| 4353 void | |
| 593 | 4354 gui_mch_clear_block(int row1, int col1, int row2, int col2) |
| 7 | 4355 { |
| 4356 Rect rc; | |
| 4357 | |
| 4358 /* | |
| 4359 * Clear one extra pixel at the far right, for when bold characters have | |
| 4360 * spilled over to the next column. | |
| 4361 */ | |
| 4362 rc.left = FILL_X(col1); | |
| 4363 rc.top = FILL_Y(row1); | |
| 4364 rc.right = FILL_X(col2 + 1) + (col2 == Columns - 1); | |
| 4365 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row2 + 1); | |
| 4366 | |
| 4367 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 9 | 4368 EraseRect(&rc); |
| 7 | 4369 } |
| 4370 | |
| 4371 /* | |
| 4372 * Clear the whole text window. | |
| 4373 */ | |
| 4374 void | |
| 593 | 4375 gui_mch_clear_all(void) |
| 7 | 4376 { |
| 4377 Rect rc; | |
| 4378 | |
| 4379 rc.left = 0; | |
| 4380 rc.top = 0; | |
| 4381 rc.right = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_width; | |
| 4382 rc.bottom = Rows * gui.char_height + 2 * gui.border_width; | |
| 4383 | |
| 4384 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 4385 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 4386 /* gui_mch_set_fg_color(gui.norm_pixel); | |
| 4387 FrameRect(&rc); | |
| 4388 */ | |
| 4389 } | |
| 4390 | |
| 4391 /* | |
| 4392 * Delete the given number of lines from the given row, scrolling up any | |
| 4393 * text further down within the scroll region. | |
| 4394 */ | |
| 4395 void | |
| 593 | 4396 gui_mch_delete_lines(int row, int num_lines) |
| 7 | 4397 { |
| 4398 Rect rc; | |
| 4399 | |
| 4400 /* changed without checking! */ | |
| 4401 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left); | |
| 4402 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1); | |
| 4403 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
| 4404 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1); | |
| 4405 | |
| 4406 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 9 | 4407 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, -num_lines * gui.char_height, (RgnHandle) nil); |
| 7 | 4408 |
| 4409 gui_clear_block(gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines + 1, | |
| 4410 gui.scroll_region_left, | |
| 4411 gui.scroll_region_bot, gui.scroll_region_right); | |
| 4412 } | |
| 4413 | |
| 4414 /* | |
| 4415 * Insert the given number of lines before the given row, scrolling down any | |
| 4416 * following text within the scroll region. | |
| 4417 */ | |
| 4418 void | |
| 593 | 4419 gui_mch_insert_lines(int row, int num_lines) |
| 7 | 4420 { |
| 4421 Rect rc; | |
| 4422 | |
| 4423 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left); | |
| 4424 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1); | |
| 4425 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
| 4426 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1); | |
| 4427 | |
| 4428 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 4429 | |
| 9 | 4430 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, gui.char_height * num_lines, (RgnHandle) nil); |
| 7 | 4431 |
| 4432 /* Update gui.cursor_row if the cursor scrolled or copied over */ | |
| 4433 if (gui.cursor_row >= gui.row | |
| 4434 && gui.cursor_col >= gui.scroll_region_left | |
| 4435 && gui.cursor_col <= gui.scroll_region_right) | |
| 4436 { | |
| 4437 if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines) | |
| 4438 gui.cursor_row += num_lines; | |
| 4439 else if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot) | |
| 4440 gui.cursor_is_valid = FALSE; | |
| 4441 } | |
| 4442 | |
| 4443 gui_clear_block(row, gui.scroll_region_left, | |
| 4444 row + num_lines - 1, gui.scroll_region_right); | |
| 4445 } | |
| 4446 | |
| 4447 /* | |
| 4448 * TODO: add a vim format to the clipboard which remember | |
| 4449 * LINEWISE, CHARWISE, BLOCKWISE | |
| 4450 */ | |
| 4451 | |
| 4452 void | |
| 593 | 4453 clip_mch_request_selection(VimClipboard *cbd) |
| 7 | 4454 { |
| 4455 | |
| 4456 Handle textOfClip; | |
| 19 | 4457 int flavor = 0; |
| 7 | 4458 Size scrapSize; |
| 4459 ScrapFlavorFlags scrapFlags; | |
| 4460 ScrapRef scrap = nil; | |
| 4461 OSStatus error; | |
| 4462 int type; | |
| 4463 char *searchCR; | |
| 4464 char_u *tempclip; | |
| 4465 | |
| 4466 | |
| 9 | 4467 error = GetCurrentScrap(&scrap); |
| 7 | 4468 if (error != noErr) |
| 4469 return; | |
| 4470 | |
| 9 | 4471 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapFlags); |
| 4472 if (error == noErr) | |
| 4473 { | |
| 4474 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapSize); | |
| 4475 if (error == noErr && scrapSize > 1) | |
| 4476 flavor = 1; | |
| 4477 } | |
| 4478 | |
| 4479 if (flavor == 0) | |
| 4480 { | |
| 838 | 4481 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, &scrapFlags); |
| 9 | 4482 if (error != noErr) |
| 4483 return; | |
| 4484 | |
| 838 | 4485 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, &scrapSize); |
| 9 | 4486 if (error != noErr) |
| 4487 return; | |
| 4488 } | |
| 4489 | |
| 4490 ReserveMem(scrapSize); | |
| 593 | 4491 |
| 838 | 4492 /* In CARBON we don't need a Handle, a pointer is good */ |
| 4493 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize); | |
| 4494 | |
| 4495 /* tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize+1, TRUE); */ | |
| 4496 HLock(textOfClip); | |
| 4497 error = GetScrapFlavorData(scrap, | |
| 4498 flavor ? VIMSCRAPFLAVOR : SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, | |
| 4499 &scrapSize, *textOfClip); | |
| 4500 scrapSize -= flavor; | |
| 4501 | |
| 4502 if (flavor) | |
| 4503 type = **textOfClip; | |
| 4504 else | |
| 2896 | 4505 type = MAUTO; |
| 838 | 4506 |
| 4507 tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize + 1, TRUE); | |
| 4508 mch_memmove(tempclip, *textOfClip + flavor, scrapSize); | |
| 4509 tempclip[scrapSize] = 0; | |
| 7 | 4510 |
| 766 | 4511 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 838 | 4512 { |
| 168 | 4513 /* Convert from utf-16 (clipboard) */ |
| 4514 size_t encLen = 0; | |
| 4515 char_u *to = mac_utf16_to_enc((UniChar *)tempclip, scrapSize, &encLen); | |
| 838 | 4516 |
| 4517 if (to != NULL) | |
| 7 | 4518 { |
| 168 | 4519 scrapSize = encLen; |
| 4520 vim_free(tempclip); | |
| 4521 tempclip = to; | |
| 7 | 4522 } |
| 838 | 4523 } |
| 7 | 4524 #endif |
| 502 | 4525 |
| 838 | 4526 searchCR = (char *)tempclip; |
| 4527 while (searchCR != NULL) | |
| 4528 { | |
| 4529 searchCR = strchr(searchCR, '\r'); | |
| 4530 if (searchCR != NULL) | |
| 4531 *searchCR = '\n'; | |
| 7 | 4532 } |
| 838 | 4533 |
| 4534 clip_yank_selection(type, tempclip, scrapSize, cbd); | |
| 4535 | |
| 4536 vim_free(tempclip); | |
| 4537 HUnlock(textOfClip); | |
| 4538 | |
| 4539 DisposeHandle(textOfClip); | |
| 7 | 4540 } |
| 4541 | |
| 4542 void | |
| 593 | 4543 clip_mch_lose_selection(VimClipboard *cbd) |
| 7 | 4544 { |
| 4545 /* | |
| 4546 * TODO: Really nothing to do? | |
| 4547 */ | |
| 4548 } | |
| 4549 | |
| 4550 int | |
| 593 | 4551 clip_mch_own_selection(VimClipboard *cbd) |
| 7 | 4552 { |
| 4553 return OK; | |
| 4554 } | |
| 4555 | |
| 4556 /* | |
| 4557 * Send the current selection to the clipboard. | |
| 4558 */ | |
| 4559 void | |
| 593 | 4560 clip_mch_set_selection(VimClipboard *cbd) |
| 7 | 4561 { |
| 4562 Handle textOfClip; | |
| 4563 long scrapSize; | |
| 4564 int type; | |
| 4565 ScrapRef scrap; | |
| 4566 | |
| 4567 char_u *str = NULL; | |
| 4568 | |
| 4569 if (!cbd->owned) | |
| 4570 return; | |
| 4571 | |
| 4572 clip_get_selection(cbd); | |
| 4573 | |
| 4574 /* | |
| 4575 * Once we set the clipboard, lose ownership. If another application sets | |
| 4576 * the clipboard, we don't want to think that we still own it. | |
| 4577 */ | |
| 4578 cbd->owned = FALSE; | |
| 4579 | |
| 838 | 4580 type = clip_convert_selection(&str, (long_u *)&scrapSize, cbd); |
| 7 | 4581 |
| 766 | 4582 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 4583 size_t utf16_len = 0; |
| 4584 UniChar *to = mac_enc_to_utf16(str, scrapSize, &utf16_len); | |
| 4585 if (to) | |
| 7 | 4586 { |
| 168 | 4587 scrapSize = utf16_len; |
| 4588 vim_free(str); | |
| 4589 str = (char_u *)to; | |
| 7 | 4590 } |
| 4591 #endif | |
| 4592 | |
| 4593 if (type >= 0) | |
| 4594 { | |
| 4595 ClearCurrentScrap(); | |
| 593 | 4596 |
| 9 | 4597 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize + 1); |
| 7 | 4598 HLock(textOfClip); |
| 4599 | |
| 9 | 4600 **textOfClip = type; |
| 168 | 4601 mch_memmove(*textOfClip + 1, str, scrapSize); |
| 9 | 4602 GetCurrentScrap(&scrap); |
| 838 | 4603 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone, |
| 9 | 4604 scrapSize, *textOfClip + 1); |
| 4605 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone, | |
| 4606 scrapSize + 1, *textOfClip); | |
| 7 | 4607 HUnlock(textOfClip); |
| 4608 DisposeHandle(textOfClip); | |
| 4609 } | |
| 4610 | |
| 4611 vim_free(str); | |
| 4612 } | |
| 4613 | |
| 4614 void | |
| 593 | 4615 gui_mch_set_text_area_pos(int x, int y, int w, int h) |
| 7 | 4616 { |
| 4617 Rect VimBound; | |
| 4618 | |
| 9 | 4619 /* HideWindow(gui.VimWindow); */ |
| 7 | 4620 GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound); |
| 4621 | |
| 4622 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 4623 { | |
| 4624 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width + 1; | |
| 4625 } | |
| 4626 else | |
| 4627 { | |
| 4628 VimBound.left = 0; | |
| 4629 } | |
| 4630 | |
| 4631 SetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound); | |
| 4632 | |
| 9 | 4633 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow); |
| 7 | 4634 } |
| 4635 | |
| 4636 /* | |
| 4637 * Menu stuff. | |
| 4638 */ | |
| 4639 | |
| 4640 void | |
| 593 | 4641 gui_mch_enable_menu(int flag) |
| 7 | 4642 { |
| 4643 /* | |
| 444 | 4644 * Menu is always active. |
| 7 | 4645 */ |
| 4646 } | |
| 4647 | |
| 4648 void | |
| 593 | 4649 gui_mch_set_menu_pos(int x, int y, int w, int h) |
| 7 | 4650 { |
| 4651 /* | |
| 444 | 4652 * The menu is always at the top of the screen. |
| 7 | 4653 */ |
| 4654 } | |
| 4655 | |
| 4656 /* | |
| 4657 * Add a sub menu to the menu bar. | |
| 4658 */ | |
| 4659 void | |
| 593 | 4660 gui_mch_add_menu(vimmenu_T *menu, int idx) |
| 7 | 4661 { |
| 4662 /* | |
| 4663 * TODO: Try to use only menu_id instead of both menu_id and menu_handle. | |
| 4664 * TODO: use menu->mnemonic and menu->actext | |
| 4665 * TODO: Try to reuse menu id | |
| 4666 * Carbon Help suggest to use only id between 1 and 235 | |
| 4667 */ | |
| 4668 static long next_avail_id = 128; | |
| 4669 long menu_after_me = 0; /* Default to the end */ | |
| 168 | 4670 CFStringRef name; |
| 7 | 4671 short index; |
| 4672 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent; | |
| 4673 vimmenu_T *brother = menu->next; | |
| 4674 | |
| 4675 /* Cannot add a menu if ... */ | |
| 4676 if ((parent != NULL && parent->submenu_id == 0)) | |
| 4677 return; | |
| 4678 | |
| 4679 /* menu ID greater than 1024 are reserved for ??? */ | |
| 4680 if (next_avail_id == 1024) | |
| 4681 return; | |
| 4682 | |
| 4683 /* My brother could be the PopUp, find my real brother */ | |
| 4684 while ((brother != NULL) && (!menu_is_menubar(brother->name))) | |
| 4685 brother = brother->next; | |
| 4686 | |
| 4687 /* Find where to insert the menu (for MenuBar) */ | |
| 4688 if ((parent == NULL) && (brother != NULL)) | |
| 4689 menu_after_me = brother->submenu_id; | |
| 4690 | |
| 4691 /* If the menu is not part of the menubar (and its submenus), add it 'nowhere' */ | |
| 4692 if (!menu_is_menubar(menu->name)) | |
| 4693 menu_after_me = hierMenu; | |
| 4694 | |
| 4695 /* Convert the name */ | |
| 766 | 4696 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 4697 name = menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu); |
| 4698 #else | |
| 7 | 4699 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); |
| 168 | 4700 #endif |
| 7 | 4701 if (name == NULL) |
| 4702 return; | |
| 4703 | |
| 4704 /* Create the menu unless it's the help menu */ | |
| 4705 { | |
| 4706 /* Carbon suggest use of | |
| 9 | 4707 * OSStatus CreateNewMenu(MenuID, MenuAttributes, MenuRef *); |
| 4708 * OSStatus SetMenuTitle(MenuRef, ConstStr255Param title); | |
| 7 | 4709 */ |
| 4710 menu->submenu_id = next_avail_id; | |
| 168 | 4711 if (CreateNewMenu(menu->submenu_id, 0, (MenuRef *)&menu->submenu_handle) == noErr) |
| 4712 SetMenuTitleWithCFString((MenuRef)menu->submenu_handle, name); | |
| 7 | 4713 next_avail_id++; |
| 4714 } | |
| 4715 | |
| 4716 if (parent == NULL) | |
| 4717 { | |
| 4718 /* Adding a menu to the menubar, or in the no mans land (for PopUp) */ | |
| 4719 | |
| 4720 /* TODO: Verify if we could only Insert Menu if really part of the | |
| 4721 * menubar The Inserted menu are scanned or the Command-key combos | |
| 4722 */ | |
| 4723 | |
| 593 | 4724 /* Insert the menu */ |
| 4725 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, menu_after_me); /* insert before */ | |
| 7 | 4726 #if 1 |
| 4727 /* Vim should normally update it. TODO: verify */ | |
| 4728 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 4729 #endif | |
| 4730 } | |
| 4731 else | |
| 4732 { | |
| 4733 /* Adding as a submenu */ | |
| 4734 | |
| 9 | 4735 index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu); |
| 7 | 4736 |
| 4737 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText | |
| 4738 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem | |
| 4739 */ | |
| 4740 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */ | |
| 168 | 4741 SetMenuItemTextWithCFString(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name); |
| 7 | 4742 SetItemCmd(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, 0x1B); |
| 4743 SetItemMark(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, menu->submenu_id); | |
| 4744 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, hierMenu); | |
| 4745 } | |
| 4746 | |
| 168 | 4747 CFRelease(name); |
| 7 | 4748 |
| 4749 #if 0 | |
| 4750 /* Done by Vim later on */ | |
| 4751 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 4752 #endif | |
| 4753 } | |
| 4754 | |
| 4755 /* | |
| 4756 * Add a menu item to a menu | |
| 4757 */ | |
| 4758 void | |
| 593 | 4759 gui_mch_add_menu_item(vimmenu_T *menu, int idx) |
| 7 | 4760 { |
| 168 | 4761 CFStringRef name; |
| 7 | 4762 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent; |
| 4763 int menu_inserted; | |
| 4764 | |
| 4765 /* Cannot add item, if the menu have not been created */ | |
| 4766 if (parent->submenu_id == 0) | |
| 4767 return; | |
| 4768 | |
| 4769 /* Could call SetMenuRefCon [CARBON] to associate with the Menu, | |
| 4770 for older OS call GetMenuItemData (menu, item, isCommandID?, data) */ | |
| 4771 | |
| 4772 /* Convert the name */ | |
| 766 | 4773 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 4774 name = menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu); |
| 4775 #else | |
| 7 | 4776 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); |
| 168 | 4777 #endif |
| 7 | 4778 |
| 4779 /* Where are just a menu item, so no handle, no id */ | |
| 4780 menu->submenu_id = 0; | |
| 4781 menu->submenu_handle = NULL; | |
| 4782 | |
| 4783 menu_inserted = 0; | |
| 4784 if (menu->actext) | |
| 4785 { | |
| 4786 /* If the accelerator text for the menu item looks like it describes | |
| 4787 * a command key (e.g., "<D-S-t>" or "<C-7>"), display it as the | |
| 4788 * item's command equivalent. | |
| 4789 */ | |
| 4790 int key = 0; | |
| 4791 int modifiers = 0; | |
| 4792 char_u *p_actext; | |
| 4793 | |
| 4794 p_actext = menu->actext; | |
|
9869
989d44d35a66
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/35a4cfa200917dd171b1fff3cd5b6cee9add673d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9649
diff
changeset
|
4795 key = find_special_key(&p_actext, &modifiers, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4796 if (*p_actext != 0) |
| 4797 key = 0; /* error: trailing text */ | |
| 4798 /* find_special_key() returns a keycode with as many of the | |
| 4799 * specified modifiers as appropriate already applied (e.g., for | |
| 4800 * "<D-C-x>" it returns Ctrl-X as the keycode and MOD_MASK_CMD | |
| 4801 * as the only modifier). Since we want to display all of the | |
| 4802 * modifiers, we need to convert the keycode back to a printable | |
| 4803 * character plus modifiers. | |
| 4804 * TODO: Write an alternative find_special_key() that doesn't | |
| 4805 * apply modifiers. | |
| 4806 */ | |
| 4807 if (key > 0 && key < 32) | |
| 4808 { | |
| 4809 /* Convert a control key to an uppercase letter. Note that | |
| 4810 * by this point it is no longer possible to distinguish | |
| 4811 * between, e.g., Ctrl-S and Ctrl-Shift-S. | |
| 4812 */ | |
| 4813 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 4814 key += '@'; | |
| 4815 } | |
| 4816 /* If the keycode is an uppercase letter, set the Shift modifier. | |
| 4817 * If it is a lowercase letter, don't set the modifier, but convert | |
| 4818 * the letter to uppercase for display in the menu. | |
| 4819 */ | |
| 4820 else if (key >= 'A' && key <= 'Z') | |
| 4821 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 4822 else if (key >= 'a' && key <= 'z') | |
| 4823 key += 'A' - 'a'; | |
| 4824 /* Note: keycodes below 0x22 are reserved by Apple. */ | |
| 4825 if (key >= 0x22 && vim_isprintc_strict(key)) | |
| 4826 { | |
| 4827 int valid = 1; | |
| 4828 char_u mac_mods = kMenuNoModifiers; | |
| 4829 /* Convert Vim modifier codes to Menu Manager equivalents. */ | |
| 4830 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) | |
| 4831 mac_mods |= kMenuShiftModifier; | |
| 4832 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 4833 mac_mods |= kMenuControlModifier; | |
| 4834 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD)) | |
| 4835 mac_mods |= kMenuNoCommandModifier; | |
| 4836 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT || modifiers & MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK) | |
| 4837 valid = 0; /* TODO: will Alt someday map to Option? */ | |
| 4838 if (valid) | |
| 4839 { | |
| 4840 char_u item_txt[10]; | |
| 4841 /* Insert the menu item after idx, with its command key. */ | |
| 4842 item_txt[0] = 3; item_txt[1] = ' '; item_txt[2] = '/'; | |
| 4843 item_txt[3] = key; | |
| 4844 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, item_txt, idx); | |
| 4845 /* Set the modifier keys. */ | |
| 4846 SetMenuItemModifiers(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, mac_mods); | |
| 4847 menu_inserted = 1; | |
| 4848 } | |
| 4849 } | |
| 4850 } | |
| 4851 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText | |
| 4852 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem | |
| 4853 */ | |
| 4854 if (!menu_inserted) | |
| 4855 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */ | |
| 4856 /* Set the menu item name. */ | |
| 168 | 4857 SetMenuItemTextWithCFString(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name); |
| 7 | 4858 |
| 4859 #if 0 | |
| 4860 /* Called by Vim */ | |
| 4861 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 4862 #endif | |
| 4863 | |
| 168 | 4864 CFRelease(name); |
| 7 | 4865 } |
| 4866 | |
| 4867 void | |
| 593 | 4868 gui_mch_toggle_tearoffs(int enable) |
| 7 | 4869 { |
| 4870 /* no tearoff menus */ | |
| 4871 } | |
| 4872 | |
| 4873 /* | |
| 4874 * Destroy the machine specific menu widget. | |
| 4875 */ | |
| 4876 void | |
| 593 | 4877 gui_mch_destroy_menu(vimmenu_T *menu) |
| 7 | 4878 { |
| 9 | 4879 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu); |
| 7 | 4880 |
| 4881 if (index > 0) | |
| 4882 { | |
| 4883 if (menu->parent) | |
| 4884 { | |
| 4885 { | |
| 4886 /* For now just don't delete help menu items. (Huh? Dany) */ | |
| 9 | 4887 DeleteMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index); |
| 7 | 4888 |
| 4889 /* Delete the Menu if it was a hierarchical Menu */ | |
| 4890 if (menu->submenu_id != 0) | |
| 4891 { | |
| 9 | 4892 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id); |
| 4893 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle); | |
| 7 | 4894 } |
| 4895 } | |
| 4896 } | |
| 4897 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_MENU | |
| 4898 else | |
| 4899 { | |
| 9 | 4900 printf("gmdm 2\n"); |
| 7 | 4901 } |
| 4902 #endif | |
| 4903 } | |
| 4904 else | |
| 4905 { | |
| 4906 { | |
| 9 | 4907 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id); |
| 4908 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle); | |
| 7 | 4909 } |
| 4910 } | |
| 4911 /* Shouldn't this be already done by Vim. TODO: Check */ | |
| 4912 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 4913 } | |
| 4914 | |
| 4915 /* | |
| 4916 * Make a menu either grey or not grey. | |
| 4917 */ | |
| 4918 void | |
| 593 | 4919 gui_mch_menu_grey(vimmenu_T *menu, int grey) |
| 7 | 4920 { |
| 4921 /* TODO: Check if menu really exists */ | |
| 9 | 4922 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu); |
| 7 | 4923 /* |
| 4924 index = menu->index; | |
| 4925 */ | |
| 4926 if (grey) | |
| 4927 { | |
| 4928 if (menu->children) | |
| 4929 DisableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index); | |
| 4930 if (menu->parent) | |
| 4931 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle) | |
| 4932 DisableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index); | |
| 4933 } | |
| 4934 else | |
| 4935 { | |
| 4936 if (menu->children) | |
| 4937 EnableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index); | |
| 4938 if (menu->parent) | |
| 4939 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle) | |
| 4940 EnableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index); | |
| 4941 } | |
| 4942 } | |
| 4943 | |
| 4944 /* | |
| 4945 * Make menu item hidden or not hidden | |
| 4946 */ | |
| 4947 void | |
| 593 | 4948 gui_mch_menu_hidden(vimmenu_T *menu, int hidden) |
| 7 | 4949 { |
| 4950 /* There's no hidden mode on MacOS */ | |
| 9 | 4951 gui_mch_menu_grey(menu, hidden); |
| 7 | 4952 } |
| 4953 | |
| 4954 | |
| 4955 /* | |
| 4956 * This is called after setting all the menus to grey/hidden or not. | |
| 4957 */ | |
| 4958 void | |
| 593 | 4959 gui_mch_draw_menubar(void) |
| 7 | 4960 { |
| 4961 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 4962 } | |
| 4963 | |
| 4964 | |
| 4965 /* | |
| 4966 * Scrollbar stuff. | |
| 4967 */ | |
| 4968 | |
| 4969 void | |
| 593 | 4970 gui_mch_enable_scrollbar( |
| 4971 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
| 4972 int flag) | |
| 7 | 4973 { |
| 4974 if (flag) | |
| 4975 ShowControl(sb->id); | |
| 4976 else | |
| 4977 HideControl(sb->id); | |
| 4978 | |
| 4979 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB | |
| 9 | 4980 printf("enb_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, flag); |
| 7 | 4981 #endif |
| 4982 } | |
| 4983 | |
| 4984 void | |
| 593 | 4985 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb( |
| 4986 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
| 4987 long val, | |
| 4988 long size, | |
| 4989 long max) | |
| 7 | 4990 { |
| 4991 SetControl32BitMaximum (sb->id, max); | |
| 4992 SetControl32BitMinimum (sb->id, 0); | |
| 4993 SetControl32BitValue (sb->id, val); | |
| 1107 | 4994 SetControlViewSize (sb->id, size); |
| 7 | 4995 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB |
|
9199
665d10cb3e6b
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ea0345901cc2af29f9c5dd0d9d8a818d5f96a63b
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9013
diff
changeset
|
4996 printf("thumb_sb (%x) %lx, %lx,%lx\n",sb->id, val, size, max); |
| 7 | 4997 #endif |
| 4998 } | |
| 4999 | |
| 5000 void | |
| 593 | 5001 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_pos( |
| 5002 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
| 5003 int x, | |
| 5004 int y, | |
| 5005 int w, | |
| 5006 int h) | |
| 7 | 5007 { |
| 5008 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 5009 /* if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 5010 { | |
| 9 | 5011 MoveControl(sb->id, x-16, y); |
| 5012 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h); | |
| 7 | 5013 } |
| 5014 else | |
| 5015 { | |
| 9 | 5016 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y); |
| 5017 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h); | |
| 7 | 5018 }*/ |
| 5019 if (sb == &gui.bottom_sbar) | |
| 5020 h += 1; | |
| 5021 else | |
| 5022 w += 1; | |
| 5023 | |
| 5024 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 5025 x -= 15; | |
| 5026 | |
| 9 | 5027 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y); |
| 5028 SizeControl(sb->id, w, h); | |
| 7 | 5029 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB |
| 9 | 5030 printf("size_sb (%x) %x, %x, %x, %x\n",sb->id, x, y, w, h); |
| 7 | 5031 #endif |
| 5032 } | |
| 5033 | |
| 5034 void | |
| 593 | 5035 gui_mch_create_scrollbar( |
| 5036 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
| 5037 int orient) /* SBAR_VERT or SBAR_HORIZ */ | |
| 7 | 5038 { |
| 5039 Rect bounds; | |
| 5040 | |
| 5041 bounds.top = -16; | |
| 5042 bounds.bottom = -10; | |
| 5043 bounds.right = -10; | |
| 5044 bounds.left = -16; | |
| 5045 | |
| 9 | 5046 sb->id = NewControl(gui.VimWindow, |
| 7 | 5047 &bounds, |
| 5048 "\pScrollBar", | |
| 5049 TRUE, | |
| 5050 0, /* current*/ | |
| 5051 0, /* top */ | |
| 5052 0, /* bottom */ | |
| 5053 kControlScrollBarLiveProc, | |
| 5054 (long) sb->ident); | |
| 5055 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB | |
| 9 | 5056 printf("create_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, orient); |
| 7 | 5057 #endif |
| 5058 } | |
| 5059 | |
| 5060 void | |
| 593 | 5061 gui_mch_destroy_scrollbar(scrollbar_T *sb) |
| 7 | 5062 { |
| 5063 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 9 | 5064 DisposeControl(sb->id); |
| 7 | 5065 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB |
| 9 | 5066 printf("dest_sb (%x) \n",sb->id); |
| 7 | 5067 #endif |
| 5068 } | |
| 5069 | |
|
9213
bb86514cad15
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/703a8044b5393d37d355b0b1054a9a5a13912a3f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9199
diff
changeset
|
5070 int |
|
bb86514cad15
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/703a8044b5393d37d355b0b1054a9a5a13912a3f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9199
diff
changeset
|
5071 gui_mch_is_blinking(void) |
|
bb86514cad15
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/703a8044b5393d37d355b0b1054a9a5a13912a3f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9199
diff
changeset
|
5072 { |
|
bb86514cad15
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/703a8044b5393d37d355b0b1054a9a5a13912a3f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9199
diff
changeset
|
5073 return FALSE; |
|
bb86514cad15
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/703a8044b5393d37d355b0b1054a9a5a13912a3f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9199
diff
changeset
|
5074 } |
| 7 | 5075 |
|
9428
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5076 int |
|
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5077 gui_mch_is_blink_off(void) |
|
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5078 { |
|
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5079 return FALSE; |
|
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5080 } |
|
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5081 |
| 7 | 5082 /* |
| 5083 * Cursor blink functions. | |
| 5084 * | |
| 5085 * This is a simple state machine: | |
| 5086 * BLINK_NONE not blinking at all | |
| 5087 * BLINK_OFF blinking, cursor is not shown | |
| 5088 * BLINK_ON blinking, cursor is shown | |
| 5089 */ | |
| 5090 void | |
| 5091 gui_mch_set_blinking(long wait, long on, long off) | |
| 5092 { | |
| 5093 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */ | |
| 5094 /* blink_waittime = wait; | |
| 5095 blink_ontime = on; | |
| 5096 blink_offtime = off;*/ | |
| 5097 } | |
| 5098 | |
| 5099 /* | |
| 5100 * Stop the cursor blinking. Show the cursor if it wasn't shown. | |
| 5101 */ | |
| 5102 void | |
|
13152
f4c3a7f410f4
patch 8.0.1450: GUI: endless loop when stopping cursor blinking
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12924
diff
changeset
|
5103 gui_mch_stop_blink(int may_call_gui_update_cursor) |
|
f4c3a7f410f4
patch 8.0.1450: GUI: endless loop when stopping cursor blinking
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12924
diff
changeset
|
5104 { |
|
f4c3a7f410f4
patch 8.0.1450: GUI: endless loop when stopping cursor blinking
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12924
diff
changeset
|
5105 if (may_call_gui_update_cursor) |
|
f4c3a7f410f4
patch 8.0.1450: GUI: endless loop when stopping cursor blinking
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12924
diff
changeset
|
5106 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); |
| 7 | 5107 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */ |
| 5108 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer(); | |
| 5109 if (blink_state == BLINK_OFF) | |
| 5110 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 5111 blink_state = BLINK_NONE;*/ | |
| 5112 } | |
| 5113 | |
| 5114 /* | |
| 5115 * Start the cursor blinking. If it was already blinking, this restarts the | |
| 5116 * waiting time and shows the cursor. | |
| 5117 */ | |
| 5118 void | |
| 593 | 5119 gui_mch_start_blink(void) |
| 7 | 5120 { |
| 5121 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 5122 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */ | |
| 5123 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer(); */ | |
| 5124 | |
| 5125 /* Only switch blinking on if none of the times is zero */ | |
| 5126 /* if (blink_waittime && blink_ontime && blink_offtime) | |
| 5127 { | |
| 5128 blink_timer = SetTimer(NULL, 0, (UINT)blink_waittime, | |
| 5129 (TIMERPROC)_OnBlinkTimer); | |
| 5130 blink_state = BLINK_ON; | |
| 5131 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 5132 }*/ | |
| 5133 } | |
| 5134 | |
| 5135 /* | |
| 5136 * Return the RGB value of a pixel as long. | |
| 5137 */ | |
|
9939
ccb6461b82df
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/1b58cdd160c2e0ada0f638679a2aa27e4665fc48
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9869
diff
changeset
|
5138 guicolor_T |
| 7 | 5139 gui_mch_get_rgb(guicolor_T pixel) |
| 5140 { | |
|
9939
ccb6461b82df
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/1b58cdd160c2e0ada0f638679a2aa27e4665fc48
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9869
diff
changeset
|
5141 return (guicolor_T)((Red(pixel) << 16) + (Green(pixel) << 8) + Blue(pixel)); |
| 7 | 5142 } |
| 5143 | |
| 5144 | |
| 5145 | |
| 5146 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE | |
| 5147 /* | |
| 5148 * Pop open a file browser and return the file selected, in allocated memory, | |
| 5149 * or NULL if Cancel is hit. | |
| 5150 * saving - TRUE if the file will be saved to, FALSE if it will be opened. | |
| 5151 * title - Title message for the file browser dialog. | |
| 5152 * dflt - Default name of file. | |
| 5153 * ext - Default extension to be added to files without extensions. | |
| 5154 * initdir - directory in which to open the browser (NULL = current dir) | |
| 5155 * filter - Filter for matched files to choose from. | |
| 5156 * Has a format like this: | |
| 5157 * "C Files (*.c)\0*.c\0" | |
| 5158 * "All Files\0*.*\0\0" | |
| 5159 * If these two strings were concatenated, then a choice of two file | |
| 5160 * filters will be selectable to the user. Then only matching files will | |
| 5161 * be shown in the browser. If NULL, the default allows all files. | |
| 5162 * | |
| 5163 * *NOTE* - the filter string must be terminated with TWO nulls. | |
| 5164 */ | |
| 5165 char_u * | |
| 5166 gui_mch_browse( | |
| 5167 int saving, | |
| 5168 char_u *title, | |
| 5169 char_u *dflt, | |
| 5170 char_u *ext, | |
| 5171 char_u *initdir, | |
| 5172 char_u *filter) | |
| 5173 { | |
| 4352 | 5174 /* TODO: Add Ammon's safety check (Dany) */ |
| 7 | 5175 NavReplyRecord reply; |
| 5176 char_u *fname = NULL; | |
| 5177 char_u **fnames = NULL; | |
| 5178 long numFiles; | |
| 5179 NavDialogOptions navOptions; | |
| 5180 OSErr error; | |
| 5181 | |
| 5182 /* Get Navigation Service Defaults value */ | |
| 9 | 5183 NavGetDefaultDialogOptions(&navOptions); |
| 7 | 5184 |
| 5185 | |
| 5186 /* TODO: If we get a :browse args, set the Multiple bit. */ | |
| 5187 navOptions.dialogOptionFlags = kNavAllowInvisibleFiles | |
| 5188 | kNavDontAutoTranslate | |
| 5189 | kNavDontAddTranslateItems | |
| 5190 /* | kNavAllowMultipleFiles */ | |
| 5191 | kNavAllowStationery; | |
| 5192 | |
| 9 | 5193 (void) C2PascalString(title, &navOptions.message); |
| 5194 (void) C2PascalString(dflt, &navOptions.savedFileName); | |
| 7 | 5195 /* Could set clientName? |
| 5196 * windowTitle? (there's no title bar?) | |
| 5197 */ | |
| 5198 | |
| 5199 if (saving) | |
| 5200 { | |
| 5201 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */ | |
| 9 | 5202 NavPutFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, 'TEXT', 'VIM!', NULL); |
| 7 | 5203 if (!reply.validRecord) |
| 5204 return NULL; | |
| 5205 } | |
| 5206 else | |
| 5207 { | |
| 5208 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */ | |
| 5209 NavGetFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5210 if (!reply.validRecord) | |
| 5211 return NULL; | |
| 5212 } | |
| 5213 | |
| 5214 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&reply.selection, &numFiles, &error); | |
| 5215 | |
| 9 | 5216 NavDisposeReply(&reply); |
| 7 | 5217 |
| 5218 if (fnames) | |
| 5219 { | |
| 5220 fname = fnames[0]; | |
| 5221 vim_free(fnames); | |
| 5222 } | |
| 5223 | |
| 5224 /* TODO: Shorten the file name if possible */ | |
| 5225 return fname; | |
| 5226 } | |
| 5227 #endif /* FEAT_BROWSE */ | |
| 5228 | |
| 5229 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_DIALOG | |
| 5230 /* | |
| 5231 * Stuff for dialogues | |
| 5232 */ | |
| 5233 | |
| 5234 /* | |
| 5235 * Create a dialogue dynamically from the parameter strings. | |
| 5236 * type = type of dialogue (question, alert, etc.) | |
| 5237 * title = dialogue title. may be NULL for default title. | |
| 5238 * message = text to display. Dialogue sizes to accommodate it. | |
| 5239 * buttons = '\n' separated list of button captions, default first. | |
| 5240 * dfltbutton = number of default button. | |
| 5241 * | |
| 5242 * This routine returns 1 if the first button is pressed, | |
| 5243 * 2 for the second, etc. | |
| 5244 * | |
| 5245 * 0 indicates Esc was pressed. | |
| 5246 * -1 for unexpected error | |
| 5247 * | |
| 5248 * If stubbing out this fn, return 1. | |
| 5249 */ | |
| 5250 | |
| 5251 typedef struct | |
| 5252 { | |
| 5253 short idx; | |
| 5254 short width; /* Size of the text in pixel */ | |
| 5255 Rect box; | |
| 5256 } vgmDlgItm; /* Vim Gui_Mac.c Dialog Item */ | |
| 5257 | |
| 5258 #define MoveRectTo(r,x,y) OffsetRect(r,x-r->left,y-r->top) | |
| 5259 | |
| 5260 static void | |
| 5261 macMoveDialogItem( | |
| 5262 DialogRef theDialog, | |
| 5263 short itemNumber, | |
| 5264 short X, | |
| 5265 short Y, | |
| 5266 Rect *inBox) | |
| 5267 { | |
| 5268 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */ | |
| 5269 /* Untested */ | |
| 9 | 5270 MoveDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, X, Y); |
| 7 | 5271 if (inBox != nil) |
| 9 | 5272 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, inBox); |
| 7 | 5273 #else |
| 5274 short itemType; | |
| 5275 Handle itemHandle; | |
| 5276 Rect localBox; | |
| 5277 Rect *itemBox = &localBox; | |
| 5278 | |
| 5279 if (inBox != nil) | |
| 5280 itemBox = inBox; | |
| 5281 | |
| 9 | 5282 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, itemBox); |
| 5283 OffsetRect(itemBox, -itemBox->left, -itemBox->top); | |
| 5284 OffsetRect(itemBox, X, Y); | |
| 7 | 5285 /* To move a control (like a button) we need to call both |
| 5286 * MoveControl and SetDialogItem. FAQ 6-18 */ | |
| 5287 if (1) /*(itemType & kControlDialogItem) */ | |
| 9 | 5288 MoveControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, X, Y); |
| 5289 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, itemBox); | |
| 7 | 5290 #endif |
| 5291 } | |
| 5292 | |
| 5293 static void | |
| 5294 macSizeDialogItem( | |
| 5295 DialogRef theDialog, | |
| 5296 short itemNumber, | |
| 5297 short width, | |
| 5298 short height) | |
| 5299 { | |
| 5300 short itemType; | |
| 5301 Handle itemHandle; | |
| 5302 Rect itemBox; | |
| 5303 | |
| 9 | 5304 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox); |
| 7 | 5305 |
| 5306 /* When width or height is zero do not change it */ | |
| 5307 if (width == 0) | |
| 5308 width = itemBox.right - itemBox.left; | |
| 5309 if (height == 0) | |
| 5310 height = itemBox.bottom - itemBox.top; | |
| 5311 | |
| 5312 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */ | |
| 9 | 5313 SizeDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, width, height); /* Untested */ |
| 7 | 5314 #else |
| 5315 /* Resize the bounding box */ | |
| 5316 itemBox.right = itemBox.left + width; | |
| 5317 itemBox.bottom = itemBox.top + height; | |
| 5318 | |
| 5319 /* To resize a control (like a button) we need to call both | |
| 5320 * SizeControl and SetDialogItem. (deducted from FAQ 6-18) */ | |
| 5321 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem) | |
| 9 | 5322 SizeControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, width, height); |
| 7 | 5323 |
| 5324 /* Configure back the item */ | |
| 9 | 5325 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, &itemBox); |
| 7 | 5326 #endif |
| 5327 } | |
| 5328 | |
| 5329 static void | |
| 5330 macSetDialogItemText( | |
| 5331 DialogRef theDialog, | |
| 5332 short itemNumber, | |
| 5333 Str255 itemName) | |
| 5334 { | |
| 5335 short itemType; | |
| 5336 Handle itemHandle; | |
| 5337 Rect itemBox; | |
| 5338 | |
| 9 | 5339 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox); |
| 7 | 5340 |
| 5341 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem) | |
| 9 | 5342 SetControlTitle((ControlRef) itemHandle, itemName); |
| 7 | 5343 else |
| 9 | 5344 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, itemName); |
| 7 | 5345 } |
| 5346 | |
| 1572 | 5347 |
| 5348 /* ModalDialog() handler for message dialogs that have hotkey accelerators. | |
| 5349 * Expects a mapping of hotkey char to control index in gDialogHotKeys; | |
| 5350 * setting gDialogHotKeys to NULL disables any hotkey handling. | |
| 5351 */ | |
| 5352 static pascal Boolean | |
| 5353 DialogHotkeyFilterProc ( | |
| 5354 DialogRef theDialog, | |
| 5355 EventRecord *event, | |
| 5356 DialogItemIndex *itemHit) | |
| 5357 { | |
| 5358 char_u keyHit; | |
| 5359 | |
| 5360 if (event->what == keyDown || event->what == autoKey) | |
| 5361 { | |
| 5362 keyHit = (event->message & charCodeMask); | |
| 5363 | |
| 5364 if (gDialogHotKeys && gDialogHotKeys[keyHit]) | |
| 5365 { | |
| 5366 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_DIALOG_HOTKEYS | |
| 5367 printf("user pressed hotkey '%c' --> item %d\n", keyHit, gDialogHotKeys[keyHit]); | |
| 5368 #endif | |
| 5369 *itemHit = gDialogHotKeys[keyHit]; | |
| 5370 | |
| 5371 /* When handing off to StdFilterProc, pretend that the user | |
| 5372 * clicked the control manually. Note that this is also supposed | |
| 5373 * to cause the button to hilite briefly (to give some user | |
| 5374 * feedback), but this seems not to actually work (or it's too | |
| 5375 * fast to be seen). | |
| 5376 */ | |
| 5377 event->what = kEventControlSimulateHit; | |
| 5378 | |
| 5379 return true; /* we took care of it */ | |
| 5380 } | |
| 5381 | |
| 5382 /* Defer to the OS's standard behavior for this event. | |
| 5383 * This ensures that Enter will still activate the default button. */ | |
| 5384 return StdFilterProc(theDialog, event, itemHit); | |
| 5385 } | |
| 5386 return false; /* Let ModalDialog deal with it */ | |
| 5387 } | |
| 5388 | |
| 5389 | |
| 593 | 5390 /* TODO: There have been some crashes with dialogs, check your inbox |
| 5391 * (Jussi) | |
| 5392 */ | |
| 7 | 5393 int |
| 5394 gui_mch_dialog( | |
| 5395 int type, | |
| 5396 char_u *title, | |
| 5397 char_u *message, | |
| 5398 char_u *buttons, | |
| 5399 int dfltbutton, | |
| 2684 | 5400 char_u *textfield, |
| 5401 int ex_cmd) | |
| 7 | 5402 { |
| 5403 Handle buttonDITL; | |
| 5404 Handle iconDITL; | |
| 5405 Handle inputDITL; | |
| 5406 Handle messageDITL; | |
| 5407 Handle itemHandle; | |
| 5408 Handle iconHandle; | |
| 5409 DialogPtr theDialog; | |
| 5410 char_u len; | |
| 5411 char_u PascalTitle[256]; /* place holder for the title */ | |
| 5412 char_u name[256]; | |
| 5413 GrafPtr oldPort; | |
| 5414 short itemHit; | |
| 5415 char_u *buttonChar; | |
| 1572 | 5416 short hotKeys[256]; /* map of hotkey -> control ID */ |
| 5417 char_u aHotKey; | |
| 7 | 5418 Rect box; |
| 5419 short button; | |
| 5420 short lastButton; | |
| 5421 short itemType; | |
| 5422 short useIcon; | |
| 5423 short width; | |
| 1377 | 5424 short totalButtonWidth = 0; /* the width of all buttons together |
| 1212 | 5425 including spacing */ |
| 7 | 5426 short widestButton = 0; |
| 5427 short dfltButtonEdge = 20; /* gut feeling */ | |
| 5428 short dfltElementSpacing = 13; /* from IM:V.2-29 */ | |
| 5429 short dfltIconSideSpace = 23; /* from IM:V.2-29 */ | |
| 5430 short maximumWidth = 400; /* gut feeling */ | |
| 5431 short maxButtonWidth = 175; /* gut feeling */ | |
| 5432 | |
| 5433 short vertical; | |
| 5434 short dialogHeight; | |
| 5435 short messageLines = 3; | |
| 5436 FontInfo textFontInfo; | |
| 5437 | |
| 5438 vgmDlgItm iconItm; | |
| 5439 vgmDlgItm messageItm; | |
| 5440 vgmDlgItm inputItm; | |
| 5441 vgmDlgItm buttonItm; | |
| 5442 | |
| 5443 WindowRef theWindow; | |
| 5444 | |
| 1572 | 5445 ModalFilterUPP dialogUPP; |
| 5446 | |
| 7 | 5447 /* Check 'v' flag in 'guioptions': vertical button placement. */ |
| 5448 vertical = (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_VERTICAL) != NULL); | |
| 5449 | |
| 5450 /* Create a new Dialog Box from template. */ | |
| 9 | 5451 theDialog = GetNewDialog(129, nil, (WindowRef) -1); |
| 7 | 5452 |
| 5453 /* Get the WindowRef */ | |
| 5454 theWindow = GetDialogWindow(theDialog); | |
| 5455 | |
| 5456 /* Hide the window. | |
| 5457 * 1. to avoid seeing slow drawing | |
| 5458 * 2. to prevent a problem seen while moving dialog item | |
| 5459 * within a visible window. (non-Carbon MacOS 9) | |
| 5460 * Could be avoided by changing the resource. | |
| 5461 */ | |
| 9 | 5462 HideWindow(theWindow); |
| 7 | 5463 |
| 5464 /* Change the graphical port to the dialog, | |
| 5465 * so we can measure the text with the proper font */ | |
| 9 | 5466 GetPort(&oldPort); |
| 5467 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog); | |
| 7 | 5468 |
| 5469 /* Get the info about the default text, | |
| 5470 * used to calculate the height of the message | |
| 5471 * and of the text field */ | |
| 5472 GetFontInfo(&textFontInfo); | |
| 5473 | |
| 5474 /* Set the dialog title */ | |
| 5475 if (title != NULL) | |
| 5476 { | |
| 9 | 5477 (void) C2PascalString(title, &PascalTitle); |
| 5478 SetWTitle(theWindow, PascalTitle); | |
| 7 | 5479 } |
| 5480 | |
| 5481 /* Creates the buttons and add them to the Dialog Box. */ | |
| 9 | 5482 buttonDITL = GetResource('DITL', 130); |
| 7 | 5483 buttonChar = buttons; |
| 5484 button = 0; | |
| 5485 | |
| 1572 | 5486 /* initialize the hotkey mapping */ |
|
2215
cccb71c2c5c1
Fix uninit memory read in undo code. Fix uint32_t in proto file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
1776
diff
changeset
|
5487 vim_memset(hotKeys, 0, sizeof(hotKeys)); |
| 1572 | 5488 |
| 7 | 5489 for (;*buttonChar != 0;) |
| 5490 { | |
| 5491 /* Get the name of the button */ | |
| 5492 button++; | |
| 5493 len = 0; | |
| 5494 for (;((*buttonChar != DLG_BUTTON_SEP) && (*buttonChar != 0) && (len < 255)); buttonChar++) | |
| 5495 { | |
| 5496 if (*buttonChar != DLG_HOTKEY_CHAR) | |
| 5497 name[++len] = *buttonChar; | |
| 1572 | 5498 else |
| 5499 { | |
| 5500 aHotKey = (char_u)*(buttonChar+1); | |
| 5501 if (aHotKey >= 'A' && aHotKey <= 'Z') | |
| 5502 aHotKey = (char_u)((int)aHotKey + (int)'a' - (int)'A'); | |
| 5503 hotKeys[aHotKey] = button; | |
| 5504 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_DIALOG_HOTKEYS | |
| 5505 printf("### hotKey for button %d is '%c'\n", button, aHotKey); | |
| 5506 #endif | |
| 5507 } | |
| 7 | 5508 } |
| 1572 | 5509 |
| 7 | 5510 if (*buttonChar != 0) |
| 5511 buttonChar++; | |
| 5512 name[0] = len; | |
| 5513 | |
| 5514 /* Add the button */ | |
| 9 | 5515 AppendDITL(theDialog, buttonDITL, overlayDITL); /* appendDITLRight); */ |
| 7 | 5516 |
| 5517 /* Change the button's name */ | |
| 9 | 5518 macSetDialogItemText(theDialog, button, name); |
| 7 | 5519 |
| 5520 /* Resize the button to fit its name */ | |
| 9 | 5521 width = StringWidth(name) + 2 * dfltButtonEdge; |
| 4352 | 5522 /* Limit the size of any button to an acceptable value. */ |
| 7 | 5523 /* TODO: Should be based on the message width */ |
| 5524 if (width > maxButtonWidth) | |
| 5525 width = maxButtonWidth; | |
| 9 | 5526 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, width, 0); |
| 7 | 5527 |
| 5528 totalButtonWidth += width; | |
| 5529 | |
| 5530 if (width > widestButton) | |
| 5531 widestButton = width; | |
| 5532 } | |
| 9 | 5533 ReleaseResource(buttonDITL); |
| 7 | 5534 lastButton = button; |
| 5535 | |
| 5536 /* Add the icon to the Dialog Box. */ | |
| 5537 iconItm.idx = lastButton + 1; | |
| 9 | 5538 iconDITL = GetResource('DITL', 131); |
| 7 | 5539 switch (type) |
| 5540 { | |
| 2585 | 5541 case VIM_GENERIC: |
| 5542 case VIM_INFO: | |
| 5543 case VIM_QUESTION: useIcon = kNoteIcon; break; | |
| 5544 case VIM_WARNING: useIcon = kCautionIcon; break; | |
| 5545 case VIM_ERROR: useIcon = kStopIcon; break; | |
| 3935 | 5546 default: useIcon = kStopIcon; |
| 2585 | 5547 } |
| 9 | 5548 AppendDITL(theDialog, iconDITL, overlayDITL); |
| 5549 ReleaseResource(iconDITL); | |
| 5550 GetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
| 7 | 5551 /* TODO: Should the item be freed? */ |
| 9 | 5552 iconHandle = GetIcon(useIcon); |
| 5553 SetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, itemType, iconHandle, &box); | |
| 7 | 5554 |
| 5555 /* Add the message to the Dialog box. */ | |
| 5556 messageItm.idx = lastButton + 2; | |
| 9 | 5557 messageDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132); |
| 5558 AppendDITL(theDialog, messageDITL, overlayDITL); | |
| 5559 ReleaseResource(messageDITL); | |
| 5560 GetDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
| 5561 (void) C2PascalString(message, &name); | |
| 5562 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name); | |
| 5563 messageItm.width = StringWidth(name); | |
| 7 | 5564 |
| 5565 /* Add the input box if needed */ | |
| 5566 if (textfield != NULL) | |
| 5567 { | |
| 857 | 5568 /* Cheat for now reuse the message and convert to text edit */ |
| 7 | 5569 inputItm.idx = lastButton + 3; |
| 9 | 5570 inputDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132); |
| 5571 AppendDITL(theDialog, inputDITL, overlayDITL); | |
| 5572 ReleaseResource(inputDITL); | |
| 5573 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
| 5574 /* SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &box);*/ | |
| 5575 (void) C2PascalString(textfield, &name); | |
| 5576 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name); | |
| 5577 inputItm.width = StringWidth(name); | |
| 1572 | 5578 |
| 5579 /* Hotkeys don't make sense if there's a text field */ | |
| 5580 gDialogHotKeys = NULL; | |
| 7 | 5581 } |
| 1572 | 5582 else |
| 5583 /* Install hotkey table */ | |
| 5584 gDialogHotKeys = (short *)&hotKeys; | |
| 7 | 5585 |
| 5586 /* Set the <ENTER> and <ESC> button. */ | |
| 9 | 5587 SetDialogDefaultItem(theDialog, dfltbutton); |
| 5588 SetDialogCancelItem(theDialog, 0); | |
| 7 | 5589 |
| 5590 /* Reposition element */ | |
| 5591 | |
| 5592 /* Check if we need to force vertical */ | |
| 5593 if (totalButtonWidth > maximumWidth) | |
| 5594 vertical = TRUE; | |
| 5595 | |
| 5596 /* Place icon */ | |
| 9 | 5597 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, dfltIconSideSpace, dfltElementSpacing, &box); |
| 7 | 5598 iconItm.box.right = box.right; |
| 5599 iconItm.box.bottom = box.bottom; | |
| 5600 | |
| 5601 /* Place Message */ | |
| 5602 messageItm.box.left = iconItm.box.right + dfltIconSideSpace; | |
| 9 | 5603 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, 0, messageLines * (textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent)); |
| 5604 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, messageItm.box.left, dfltElementSpacing, &messageItm.box); | |
| 7 | 5605 |
| 5606 /* Place Input */ | |
| 5607 if (textfield != NULL) | |
| 5608 { | |
| 5609 inputItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left; | |
| 5610 inputItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 9 | 5611 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent); |
| 5612 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, inputItm.box.left, inputItm.box.top, &inputItm.box); | |
| 7 | 5613 /* Convert the static text into a text edit. |
| 5614 * For some reason this change need to be done last (Dany) */ | |
| 9 | 5615 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &inputItm.box); |
| 5616 SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &inputItm.box); | |
| 7 | 5617 SelectDialogItemText(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, 32767); |
| 5618 } | |
| 5619 | |
| 5620 /* Place Button */ | |
| 5621 if (textfield != NULL) | |
| 5622 { | |
| 5623 buttonItm.box.left = inputItm.box.left; | |
| 5624 buttonItm.box.top = inputItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5625 } | |
| 5626 else | |
| 5627 { | |
| 5628 buttonItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left; | |
| 5629 buttonItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5630 } | |
| 5631 | |
| 5632 for (button=1; button <= lastButton; button++) | |
| 5633 { | |
| 5634 | |
| 9 | 5635 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, button, buttonItm.box.left, buttonItm.box.top, &box); |
| 1377 | 5636 /* With vertical, it's better to have all buttons the same length */ |
| 7 | 5637 if (vertical) |
| 5638 { | |
| 9 | 5639 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, widestButton, 0); |
| 5640 GetDialogItem(theDialog, button, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
| 7 | 5641 } |
| 5642 /* Calculate position of next button */ | |
| 5643 if (vertical) | |
| 5644 buttonItm.box.top = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5645 else | |
| 5646 buttonItm.box.left = box.right + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5647 } | |
| 5648 | |
| 5649 /* Resize the dialog box */ | |
| 5650 dialogHeight = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5651 SizeWindow(theWindow, maximumWidth, dialogHeight, TRUE); | |
| 5652 | |
| 5653 /* Magic resize */ | |
| 9 | 5654 AutoSizeDialog(theDialog); |
| 7 | 5655 /* Need a horizontal resize anyway so not that useful */ |
| 5656 | |
| 5657 /* Display it */ | |
| 5658 ShowWindow(theWindow); | |
| 5659 /* BringToFront(theWindow); */ | |
| 5660 SelectWindow(theWindow); | |
| 5661 | |
| 9 | 5662 /* DrawDialog(theDialog); */ |
| 7 | 5663 #if 0 |
| 9 | 5664 GetPort(&oldPort); |
| 5665 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog); | |
| 7 | 5666 #endif |
| 5667 | |
| 857 | 5668 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 5669 /* Avoid that we use key events for the main window. */ | |
| 5670 dialog_busy = TRUE; | |
| 5671 #endif | |
| 5672 | |
| 1572 | 5673 /* Prepare the shortcut-handling filterProc for handing to the dialog */ |
| 5674 dialogUPP = NewModalFilterUPP(DialogHotkeyFilterProc); | |
| 5675 | |
| 7 | 5676 /* Hang until one of the button is hit */ |
| 5677 do | |
| 5678 { | |
| 1572 | 5679 ModalDialog(dialogUPP, &itemHit); |
| 7 | 5680 } while ((itemHit < 1) || (itemHit > lastButton)); |
| 5681 | |
| 857 | 5682 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 5683 dialog_busy = FALSE; | |
| 5684 #endif | |
| 5685 | |
| 7 | 5686 /* Copy back the text entered by the user into the param */ |
| 5687 if (textfield != NULL) | |
| 5688 { | |
| 9 | 5689 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); |
| 5690 GetDialogItemText(itemHandle, (char_u *) &name); | |
| 7 | 5691 #if IOSIZE < 256 |
| 5692 /* Truncate the name to IOSIZE if needed */ | |
| 5693 if (name[0] > IOSIZE) | |
| 5694 name[0] = IOSIZE - 1; | |
| 5695 #endif | |
| 418 | 5696 vim_strncpy(textfield, &name[1], name[0]); |
| 7 | 5697 } |
| 5698 | |
| 5699 /* Restore the original graphical port */ | |
| 9 | 5700 SetPort(oldPort); |
| 7 | 5701 |
| 1572 | 5702 /* Free the modal filterProc */ |
| 5703 DisposeRoutineDescriptor(dialogUPP); | |
| 5704 | |
| 4352 | 5705 /* Get ride of the dialog (free memory) */ |
| 9 | 5706 DisposeDialog(theDialog); |
| 7 | 5707 |
| 5708 return itemHit; | |
| 5709 /* | |
| 2585 | 5710 * Useful thing which could be used |
| 7 | 5711 * SetDialogTimeout(): Auto click a button after timeout |
| 5712 * SetDialogTracksCursor() : Get the I-beam cursor over input box | |
| 5713 * MoveDialogItem(): Probably better than SetDialogItem | |
| 5714 * SizeDialogItem(): (but is it Carbon Only?) | |
| 1373 | 5715 * AutoSizeDialog(): Magic resize of dialog based on text length |
| 7 | 5716 */ |
| 5717 } | |
| 5718 #endif /* FEAT_DIALOG_GUI */ | |
| 5719 | |
| 5720 /* | |
| 5721 * Display the saved error message(s). | |
| 5722 */ | |
| 5723 #ifdef USE_MCH_ERRMSG | |
| 5724 void | |
| 593 | 5725 display_errors(void) |
| 7 | 5726 { |
| 5727 char *p; | |
| 5728 char_u pError[256]; | |
| 5729 | |
| 593 | 5730 if (error_ga.ga_data == NULL) |
| 5731 return; | |
| 5732 | |
| 5733 /* avoid putting up a message box with blanks only */ | |
| 5734 for (p = (char *)error_ga.ga_data; *p; ++p) | |
| 5735 if (!isspace(*p)) | |
| 5736 { | |
| 5737 if (STRLEN(p) > 255) | |
| 5738 pError[0] = 255; | |
| 5739 else | |
| 5740 pError[0] = STRLEN(p); | |
| 5741 | |
| 5742 STRNCPY(&pError[1], p, pError[0]); | |
| 5743 ParamText(pError, nil, nil, nil); | |
| 5744 Alert(128, nil); | |
| 5745 break; | |
| 5746 /* TODO: handled message longer than 256 chars | |
| 5747 * use auto-sizeable alert | |
| 5748 * or dialog with scrollbars (TextEdit zone) | |
| 5749 */ | |
| 5750 } | |
| 5751 ga_clear(&error_ga); | |
| 7 | 5752 } |
| 5753 #endif | |
| 5754 | |
| 5755 /* | |
| 87 | 5756 * Get current mouse coordinates in text window. |
| 7 | 5757 */ |
| 95 | 5758 void |
| 5759 gui_mch_getmouse(int *x, int *y) | |
| 7 | 5760 { |
| 5761 Point where; | |
| 5762 | |
| 5763 GetMouse(&where); | |
| 5764 | |
| 87 | 5765 *x = where.h; |
| 5766 *y = where.v; | |
| 7 | 5767 } |
| 5768 | |
| 5769 void | |
| 593 | 5770 gui_mch_setmouse(int x, int y) |
| 7 | 5771 { |
| 5772 /* TODO */ | |
| 5773 #if 0 | |
| 5774 /* From FAQ 3-11 */ | |
| 5775 | |
| 5776 CursorDevicePtr myMouse; | |
| 5777 Point where; | |
| 5778 | |
| 9 | 5779 if ( NGetTrapAddress(_CursorDeviceDispatch, ToolTrap) |
| 5780 != NGetTrapAddress(_Unimplemented, ToolTrap)) | |
| 7 | 5781 { |
| 5782 /* New way */ | |
| 5783 | |
| 5784 /* | |
| 4352 | 5785 * Get first device with one button. |
| 5786 * This will probably be the standard mouse | |
| 5787 * start at head of cursor dev list | |
| 7 | 5788 * |
| 5789 */ | |
| 5790 | |
| 5791 myMouse = nil; | |
| 5792 | |
| 5793 do | |
| 5794 { | |
| 5795 /* Get the next cursor device */ | |
| 5796 CursorDeviceNextDevice(&myMouse); | |
| 5797 } | |
| 9 | 5798 while ((myMouse != nil) && (myMouse->cntButtons != 1)); |
| 5799 | |
| 5800 CursorDeviceMoveTo(myMouse, x, y); | |
| 7 | 5801 } |
| 5802 else | |
| 5803 { | |
| 5804 /* Old way */ | |
| 5805 where.h = x; | |
| 5806 where.v = y; | |
| 5807 | |
| 5808 *(Point *)RawMouse = where; | |
| 5809 *(Point *)MTemp = where; | |
| 5810 *(Ptr) CrsrNew = 0xFFFF; | |
| 5811 } | |
| 5812 #endif | |
| 5813 } | |
| 5814 | |
| 5815 void | |
| 593 | 5816 gui_mch_show_popupmenu(vimmenu_T *menu) |
| 7 | 5817 { |
| 5818 /* | |
| 5819 * Clone PopUp to use menu | |
| 5820 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection | |
| 5821 * Call the procedure | |
| 5822 */ | |
| 5823 | |
| 5824 MenuHandle CntxMenu; | |
| 5825 Point where; | |
| 5826 OSStatus status; | |
| 5827 UInt32 CntxType; | |
| 5828 SInt16 CntxMenuID; | |
| 5829 UInt16 CntxMenuItem; | |
| 5830 Str255 HelpName = ""; | |
| 5831 GrafPtr savePort; | |
| 5832 | |
| 5833 /* Save Current Port: On MacOS X we seem to lose the port */ | |
| 9 | 5834 GetPort(&savePort); /*OSX*/ |
| 5835 | |
| 5836 GetMouse(&where); | |
| 5837 LocalToGlobal(&where); /*OSX*/ | |
| 7 | 5838 CntxMenu = menu->submenu_handle; |
| 5839 | |
| 5840 /* TODO: Get the text selection from Vim */ | |
| 5841 | |
| 5842 /* Call to Handle Popup */ | |
| 1089 | 5843 status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, where, false, kCMHelpItemRemoveHelp, |
| 1012 | 5844 HelpName, NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem); |
| 7 | 5845 |
| 5846 if (status == noErr) | |
| 5847 { | |
| 5848 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected) | |
| 5849 { | |
| 5850 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */ | |
| 5851 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */ | |
| 1012 | 5852 /* But what about the current menu, is the menu changed by |
| 5853 * ContextualMenuSelect */ | |
| 9 | 5854 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem); |
| 7 | 5855 } |
| 5856 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected) | |
| 5857 { | |
| 5858 /* Should come up with the help */ | |
| 5859 } | |
| 5860 } | |
| 5861 | |
| 5862 /* Restore original Port */ | |
| 9 | 5863 SetPort(savePort); /*OSX*/ |
| 7 | 5864 } |
| 5865 | |
| 5866 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5867 /* TODO: Is it need for MACOS_X? (Dany) */ | |
| 5868 void | |
| 5869 mch_post_buffer_write(buf_T *buf) | |
| 5870 { | |
| 9 | 5871 GetFSSpecFromPath(buf->b_ffname, &buf->b_FSSpec); |
| 5872 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf); | |
| 7 | 5873 } |
| 5874 #endif | |
| 5875 | |
| 5876 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 5877 /* | |
| 5878 * Set the window title and icon. | |
| 5879 * (The icon is not taken care of). | |
| 5880 */ | |
| 5881 void | |
| 593 | 5882 gui_mch_settitle(char_u *title, char_u *icon) |
| 7 | 5883 { |
| 5884 /* TODO: Get vim to make sure maxlen (from p_titlelen) is smaller | |
| 5885 * that 256. Even better get it to fit nicely in the titlebar. | |
| 5886 */ | |
| 766 | 5887 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 5888 CFStringRef windowTitle; |
| 5889 size_t windowTitleLen; | |
| 5890 #else | |
| 7 | 5891 char_u *pascalTitle; |
| 168 | 5892 #endif |
| 7 | 5893 |
| 5894 if (title == NULL) /* nothing to do */ | |
| 5895 return; | |
| 5896 | |
| 766 | 5897 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 5898 windowTitleLen = STRLEN(title); |
| 1621 | 5899 windowTitle = (CFStringRef)mac_enc_to_cfstring(title, windowTitleLen); |
| 168 | 5900 |
| 5901 if (windowTitle) | |
| 5902 { | |
| 5903 SetWindowTitleWithCFString(gui.VimWindow, windowTitle); | |
| 5904 CFRelease(windowTitle); | |
| 5905 } | |
| 5906 #else | |
| 7 | 5907 pascalTitle = C2Pascal_save(title); |
| 5908 if (pascalTitle != NULL) | |
| 5909 { | |
| 5910 SetWTitle(gui.VimWindow, pascalTitle); | |
| 5911 vim_free(pascalTitle); | |
| 5912 } | |
| 168 | 5913 #endif |
| 7 | 5914 } |
| 5915 #endif | |
| 5916 | |
| 5917 /* | |
| 2585 | 5918 * Transferred from os_mac.c for MacOS X using os_unix.c prep work |
| 7 | 5919 */ |
| 5920 | |
| 5921 int | |
| 593 | 5922 C2PascalString(char_u *CString, Str255 *PascalString) |
| 7 | 5923 { |
| 5924 char_u *PascalPtr = (char_u *) PascalString; | |
| 5925 int len; | |
| 5926 int i; | |
| 5927 | |
| 5928 PascalPtr[0] = 0; | |
| 5929 if (CString == NULL) | |
| 5930 return 0; | |
| 5931 | |
| 5932 len = STRLEN(CString); | |
| 5933 if (len > 255) | |
| 5934 len = 255; | |
| 5935 | |
| 5936 for (i = 0; i < len; i++) | |
| 5937 PascalPtr[i+1] = CString[i]; | |
| 5938 | |
| 5939 PascalPtr[0] = len; | |
| 5940 | |
| 5941 return 0; | |
| 5942 } | |
| 5943 | |
| 5944 int | |
| 593 | 5945 GetFSSpecFromPath(char_u *file, FSSpec *fileFSSpec) |
| 7 | 5946 { |
| 5947 /* From FAQ 8-12 */ | |
| 5948 Str255 filePascal; | |
| 5949 CInfoPBRec myCPB; | |
| 5950 OSErr err; | |
| 5951 | |
| 9 | 5952 (void) C2PascalString(file, &filePascal); |
| 7 | 5953 |
| 5954 myCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = filePascal; | |
| 5955 myCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = 0; | |
| 5956 myCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0; | |
| 5957 myCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = 0; | |
| 5958 | |
| 9 | 5959 err= PBGetCatInfo(&myCPB, false); |
| 7 | 5960 |
| 5961 /* vRefNum, dirID, name */ | |
| 9 | 5962 FSMakeFSSpec(0, 0, filePascal, fileFSSpec); |
| 7 | 5963 |
| 5964 /* TODO: Use an error code mechanism */ | |
| 5965 return 0; | |
| 5966 } | |
| 5967 | |
| 5968 /* | |
| 4352 | 5969 * Convert a FSSpec to a full path |
| 7 | 5970 */ |
| 5971 | |
| 9 | 5972 char_u *FullPathFromFSSpec_save(FSSpec file) |
| 7 | 5973 { |
| 5974 /* | |
| 5975 * TODO: Add protection for 256 char max. | |
| 5976 */ | |
| 5977 | |
| 5978 CInfoPBRec theCPB; | |
| 5979 char_u fname[256]; | |
| 5980 char_u *filenamePtr = fname; | |
| 5981 OSErr error; | |
| 5982 int folder = 1; | |
| 5983 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 5984 SInt16 dfltVol_vRefNum; | |
| 5985 SInt32 dfltVol_dirID; | |
| 5986 FSRef refFile; | |
| 5987 OSStatus status; | |
| 5988 UInt32 pathSize = 256; | |
| 5989 char_u pathname[256]; | |
| 5990 char_u *path = pathname; | |
| 5991 #else | |
| 5992 Str255 directoryName; | |
| 5993 char_u temporary[255]; | |
| 5994 char_u *temporaryPtr = temporary; | |
| 5995 #endif | |
| 5996 | |
| 5997 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 5998 /* Get the default volume */ | |
| 5999 /* TODO: Remove as this only work if Vim is on the Boot Volume*/ | |
| 9 | 6000 error=HGetVol(NULL, &dfltVol_vRefNum, &dfltVol_dirID); |
| 7 | 6001 |
| 6002 if (error) | |
| 6003 return NULL; | |
| 6004 #endif | |
| 6005 | |
| 6006 /* Start filling fname with file.name */ | |
| 418 | 6007 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &file.name[1], file.name[0]); |
| 7 | 6008 |
| 6009 /* Get the info about the file specified in FSSpec */ | |
| 6010 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0; | |
| 6011 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = file.name; | |
| 6012 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum; | |
| 1106 | 6013 /*theCPB.hFileInfo.ioDirID = 0;*/ |
| 7 | 6014 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID; |
| 6015 | |
| 6016 /* As ioFDirIndex = 0, get the info of ioNamePtr, | |
| 6017 which is relative to ioVrefNum, ioDirID */ | |
| 9 | 6018 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB, false); |
| 7 | 6019 |
| 6020 /* If we are called for a new file we expect fnfErr */ | |
| 6021 if ((error) && (error != fnfErr)) | |
| 6022 return NULL; | |
| 6023 | |
| 6024 /* Check if it's a file or folder */ | |
| 6025 /* default to file if file don't exist */ | |
| 6026 if (((theCPB.hFileInfo.ioFlAttrib & ioDirMask) == 0) || (error)) | |
| 6027 folder = 0; /* It's not a folder */ | |
| 6028 else | |
| 6029 folder = 1; | |
| 6030 | |
| 6031 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 6032 /* | |
| 4352 | 6033 * The functions used here are available in Carbon, but do nothing on |
| 6034 * MacOS 8 and 9. | |
| 7 | 6035 */ |
| 6036 if (error == fnfErr) | |
| 6037 { | |
| 6038 /* If the file to be saved does not already exist, it isn't possible | |
| 6039 to convert its FSSpec into an FSRef. But we can construct an | |
| 6040 FSSpec for the file's parent folder (since we have its volume and | |
| 6041 directory IDs), and since that folder does exist, we can convert | |
| 6042 that FSSpec into an FSRef, convert the FSRef in turn into a path, | |
| 6043 and, finally, append the filename. */ | |
| 6044 FSSpec dirSpec; | |
| 6045 FSRef dirRef; | |
| 6046 Str255 emptyFilename = "\p"; | |
| 6047 error = FSMakeFSSpec(theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum, | |
| 6048 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID, emptyFilename, &dirSpec); | |
| 6049 if (error) | |
| 6050 return NULL; | |
| 6051 | |
| 6052 error = FSpMakeFSRef(&dirSpec, &dirRef); | |
| 6053 if (error) | |
| 6054 return NULL; | |
| 6055 | |
| 6056 status = FSRefMakePath(&dirRef, (UInt8*)path, pathSize); | |
| 6057 if (status) | |
| 6058 return NULL; | |
| 6059 | |
| 6060 STRCAT(path, "/"); | |
| 6061 STRCAT(path, filenamePtr); | |
| 6062 } | |
| 6063 else | |
| 6064 { | |
| 6065 /* If the file to be saved already exists, we can get its full path | |
| 6066 by converting its FSSpec into an FSRef. */ | |
| 9 | 6067 error=FSpMakeFSRef(&file, &refFile); |
| 7 | 6068 if (error) |
| 6069 return NULL; | |
| 6070 | |
| 9 | 6071 status=FSRefMakePath(&refFile, (UInt8 *) path, pathSize); |
| 7 | 6072 if (status) |
| 6073 return NULL; | |
| 6074 } | |
| 6075 | |
| 6076 /* Add a slash at the end if needed */ | |
| 6077 if (folder) | |
| 9 | 6078 STRCAT(path, "/"); |
| 6079 | |
| 6080 return (vim_strsave(path)); | |
| 7 | 6081 #else |
| 6082 /* TODO: Get rid of all USE_UNIXFILENAME below */ | |
| 6083 /* Set ioNamePtr, it's the same area which is always reused. */ | |
| 6084 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; | |
| 6085 | |
| 6086 /* Trick for first entry, set ioDrParID to the first value | |
| 6087 * we want for ioDrDirID*/ | |
| 6088 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID = file.parID; | |
| 6089 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID; | |
| 6090 | |
| 9 | 6091 if ((TRUE) && (file.parID != fsRtDirID /*fsRtParID*/)) |
| 7 | 6092 do |
| 6093 { | |
| 6094 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1; | |
| 6095 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */ | |
| 6096 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum; | |
| 1212 | 6097 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrelevant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */ |
| 7 | 6098 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID; |
| 6099 | |
| 6100 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */ | |
| 6101 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */ | |
| 9 | 6102 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false); |
| 7 | 6103 |
| 6104 if (error) | |
| 6105 return NULL; | |
| 6106 | |
| 6107 /* Put the new directoryName in front of the current fname */ | |
| 6108 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr); | |
| 418 | 6109 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]); |
| 7 | 6110 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":"); |
| 6111 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
| 6112 } | |
| 6113 #if 1 /* def USE_UNIXFILENAME */ | |
| 6114 while ((theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID != fsRtDirID) /* && */ | |
| 6115 /* (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID)*/); | |
| 6116 #else | |
| 6117 while (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID); | |
| 6118 #endif | |
| 6119 | |
| 6120 /* Get the information about the volume on which the file reside */ | |
| 6121 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1; | |
| 6122 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */ | |
| 6123 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum; | |
| 1212 | 6124 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrelevant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */ |
| 7 | 6125 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID; |
| 6126 | |
| 6127 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */ | |
| 6128 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */ | |
| 9 | 6129 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false); |
| 7 | 6130 |
| 6131 if (error) | |
| 6132 return NULL; | |
| 6133 | |
| 6134 /* For MacOS Classic always add the volume name */ | |
| 6135 /* For MacOS X add the volume name preceded by "Volumes" */ | |
| 1212 | 6136 /* when we are not referring to the boot volume */ |
| 7 | 6137 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME |
| 6138 if (file.vRefNum != dfltVol_vRefNum) | |
| 6139 #endif | |
| 6140 { | |
| 6141 /* Add the volume name */ | |
| 6142 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr); | |
| 418 | 6143 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]); |
| 7 | 6144 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":"); |
| 6145 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
| 6146 | |
| 6147 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 6148 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr); | |
| 6149 filenamePtr[0] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */ | |
| 6150 STRCAT(filenamePtr, "Volumes:"); | |
| 6151 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
| 6152 #endif | |
| 6153 } | |
| 6154 | |
| 6155 /* Append final path separator if it's a folder */ | |
| 6156 if (folder) | |
| 9 | 6157 STRCAT(fname, ":"); |
| 7 | 6158 |
| 6159 /* As we use Unix File Name for MacOS X convert it */ | |
| 6160 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 6161 /* Need to insert leading / */ | |
| 6162 /* TODO: get the above code to use directly the / */ | |
| 6163 STRCPY(&temporaryPtr[1], filenamePtr); | |
| 6164 temporaryPtr[0] = '/'; | |
| 6165 STRCPY(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
| 6166 { | |
| 6167 char *p; | |
| 6168 for (p = fname; *p; p++) | |
| 6169 if (*p == ':') | |
| 6170 *p = '/'; | |
| 6171 } | |
| 6172 #endif | |
| 6173 | |
| 9 | 6174 return (vim_strsave(fname)); |
| 7 | 6175 #endif |
| 6176 } | |
| 6177 | |
|
15595
1ec942f1b648
patch 8.1.0805: too many #ifdefs
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
15470
diff
changeset
|
6178 #if defined(USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 6179 /* |
| 6180 * Input Method Control functions. | |
| 6181 */ | |
| 6182 | |
| 6183 /* | |
| 6184 * Notify cursor position to IM. | |
| 6185 */ | |
| 6186 void | |
| 6187 im_set_position(int row, int col) | |
| 6188 { | |
|
13950
741b1feeac9f
patch 8.0.1845: various comment updates needed, missing white space
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13380
diff
changeset
|
6189 # if 0 |
| 7 | 6190 /* TODO: Implement me! */ |
| 1562 | 6191 im_start_row = row; |
| 6192 im_start_col = col; | |
|
13950
741b1feeac9f
patch 8.0.1845: various comment updates needed, missing white space
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13380
diff
changeset
|
6193 # endif |
| 1562 | 6194 } |
| 6195 | |
| 6196 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLWindow; | |
| 6197 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLInsert; | |
| 6198 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLDefault = { 0, 0 }; | |
| 6199 | |
| 6200 static Component gTSCWindow; | |
| 6201 static Component gTSCInsert; | |
| 6202 static Component gTSCDefault; | |
| 6203 | |
| 6204 static int im_initialized = 0; | |
| 6205 | |
| 6206 static void | |
| 6207 im_on_window_switch(int active) | |
| 6208 { | |
| 6209 ScriptLanguageRecord *slptr = NULL; | |
| 6210 OSStatus err; | |
| 6211 | |
| 6212 if (! gui.in_use) | |
| 6213 return; | |
| 6214 | |
| 6215 if (im_initialized == 0) | |
| 6216 { | |
| 6217 im_initialized = 1; | |
| 6218 | |
| 6219 /* save default TSM component (should be U.S.) to default */ | |
| 6220 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault, | |
| 6221 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6222 } | |
| 6223 | |
| 6224 if (active == TRUE) | |
| 6225 { | |
| 6226 im_is_active = TRUE; | |
| 6227 ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 6228 slptr = &gTSLWindow; | |
| 6229 | |
| 6230 if (slptr) | |
| 6231 { | |
| 6232 err = SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCWindow, slptr, | |
| 6233 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6234 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6235 err = SetTextServiceLanguage(slptr); | |
| 6236 | |
| 6237 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6238 KeyScript(slptr->fScript | smKeyForceKeyScriptMask); | |
| 6239 } | |
| 6240 } | |
| 6241 else | |
| 6242 { | |
| 6243 err = GetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLWindow); | |
| 6244 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6245 slptr = &gTSLWindow; | |
| 6246 | |
| 6247 if (slptr) | |
| 6248 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCWindow, slptr, | |
| 6249 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6250 | |
| 6251 im_is_active = FALSE; | |
| 6252 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 6253 } | |
| 7 | 6254 } |
| 6255 | |
| 6256 /* | |
| 6257 * Set IM status on ("active" is TRUE) or off ("active" is FALSE). | |
| 6258 */ | |
| 6259 void | |
| 6260 im_set_active(int active) | |
| 6261 { | |
| 1562 | 6262 ScriptLanguageRecord *slptr = NULL; |
| 6263 OSStatus err; | |
| 6264 | |
|
12924
85a601f985ab
patch 8.0.1338: USE_IM_CONTROL is confusing and incomplete
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12716
diff
changeset
|
6265 if (!gui.in_use) |
| 1562 | 6266 return; |
| 6267 | |
| 6268 if (im_initialized == 0) | |
| 6269 { | |
| 6270 im_initialized = 1; | |
| 6271 | |
| 6272 /* save default TSM component (should be U.S.) to default */ | |
| 6273 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault, | |
| 6274 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6275 } | |
| 6276 | |
| 6277 if (active == TRUE) | |
| 6278 { | |
| 6279 im_is_active = TRUE; | |
| 6280 ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 6281 slptr = &gTSLInsert; | |
| 6282 | |
| 6283 if (slptr) | |
| 6284 { | |
| 6285 err = SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCInsert, slptr, | |
| 6286 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6287 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6288 err = SetTextServiceLanguage(slptr); | |
| 6289 | |
| 6290 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6291 KeyScript(slptr->fScript | smKeyForceKeyScriptMask); | |
| 6292 } | |
| 6293 } | |
| 6294 else | |
| 6295 { | |
| 6296 err = GetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLInsert); | |
| 6297 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6298 slptr = &gTSLInsert; | |
| 6299 | |
| 6300 if (slptr) | |
| 6301 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCInsert, slptr, | |
| 6302 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6303 | |
| 6304 /* restore to default when switch to normal mode, so than we could | |
| 6305 * enter commands easier */ | |
| 6306 SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault, | |
| 6307 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6308 SetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLDefault); | |
| 6309 | |
| 6310 im_is_active = FALSE; | |
| 6311 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 6312 } | |
| 7 | 6313 } |
| 6314 | |
| 6315 /* | |
| 6316 * Get IM status. When IM is on, return not 0. Else return 0. | |
| 6317 */ | |
| 6318 int | |
| 593 | 6319 im_get_status(void) |
| 7 | 6320 { |
| 1562 | 6321 if (! gui.in_use) |
| 6322 return 0; | |
| 6323 | |
| 6324 return im_is_active; | |
| 7 | 6325 } |
| 1106 | 6326 |
|
15595
1ec942f1b648
patch 8.1.0805: too many #ifdefs
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
15470
diff
changeset
|
6327 #endif |
| 1106 | 6328 |
| 6329 | |
| 6330 | |
| 6331 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6332 // drawer implementation | |
| 6333 static MenuRef contextMenu = NULL; | |
| 6334 enum | |
| 6335 { | |
|
8269
553a4c8dd796
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/43acbce1bb0a33edc67496b220cae629ad95d2d8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7821
diff
changeset
|
6336 kTabContextMenuId = 42 |
| 1106 | 6337 }; |
| 6338 | |
| 6339 // the caller has to CFRelease() the returned string | |
| 6340 static CFStringRef | |
| 6341 getTabLabel(tabpage_T *page) | |
| 6342 { | |
| 6343 get_tabline_label(page, FALSE); | |
| 6344 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT | |
| 1621 | 6345 return (CFStringRef)mac_enc_to_cfstring(NameBuff, STRLEN(NameBuff)); |
| 1106 | 6346 #else |
| 6347 // TODO: check internal encoding? | |
| 6348 return CFStringCreateWithCString(kCFAllocatorDefault, (char *)NameBuff, | |
| 6349 kCFStringEncodingMacRoman); | |
| 6350 #endif | |
| 6351 } | |
| 6352 | |
| 6353 | |
| 6354 #define DRAWER_SIZE 150 | |
| 6355 #define DRAWER_INSET 16 | |
| 6356 | |
| 6357 static ControlRef dataBrowser = NULL; | |
| 6358 | |
| 6359 // when the tabline is hidden, vim doesn't call update_tabline(). When | |
| 2585 | 6360 // the tabline is shown again, show_tabline() is called before update_tabline(), |
| 4352 | 6361 // and because of this, the tab labels and vim's internal tabs are out of sync |
| 1106 | 6362 // for a very short time. to prevent inconsistent state, we store the labels |
| 6363 // of the tabs, not pointers to the tabs (which are invalid for a short time). | |
| 6364 static CFStringRef *tabLabels = NULL; | |
| 6365 static int tabLabelsSize = 0; | |
| 6366 | |
| 6367 enum | |
| 6368 { | |
| 6369 kTabsColumn = 'Tabs' | |
| 6370 }; | |
| 6371 | |
| 6372 static int | |
| 6373 getTabCount(void) | |
| 6374 { | |
| 6375 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 6376 int numTabs = 0; | |
| 6377 | |
|
9649
fd9727ae3c49
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/2932359000b2f918d5fade79ea4d124d5943cd07
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9428
diff
changeset
|
6378 FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp) |
| 1562 | 6379 ++numTabs; |
| 1106 | 6380 return numTabs; |
| 6381 } | |
| 6382 | |
| 6383 // data browser item display callback | |
| 6384 static OSStatus | |
| 6385 dbItemDataCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
| 6386 DataBrowserItemID itemID, | |
| 1562 | 6387 DataBrowserPropertyID property /* column id */, |
| 6388 DataBrowserItemDataRef itemData, | |
| 1106 | 6389 Boolean changeValue) |
| 6390 { | |
| 6391 OSStatus status = noErr; | |
| 6392 | |
| 6393 // assert(property == kTabsColumn); // why is this violated?? | |
| 6394 | |
| 4352 | 6395 // changeValue is true if we have a modifiable list and data was changed. |
| 1106 | 6396 // In our case, it's always false. |
| 6397 // (that is: if (changeValue) updateInternalData(); else return | |
| 6398 // internalData(); | |
| 6399 if (!changeValue) | |
| 6400 { | |
| 6401 CFStringRef str; | |
| 6402 | |
| 6403 assert(itemID - 1 >= 0 && itemID - 1 < tabLabelsSize); | |
| 6404 str = tabLabels[itemID - 1]; | |
| 6405 status = SetDataBrowserItemDataText(itemData, str); | |
| 6406 } | |
| 6407 else | |
| 6408 status = errDataBrowserPropertyNotSupported; | |
| 6409 | |
| 6410 return status; | |
| 6411 } | |
| 6412 | |
| 6413 // data browser action callback | |
| 6414 static void | |
| 6415 dbItemNotificationCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
| 6416 DataBrowserItemID item, | |
| 6417 DataBrowserItemNotification message) | |
| 6418 { | |
| 6419 switch (message) | |
| 6420 { | |
| 6421 case kDataBrowserItemSelected: | |
| 6422 send_tabline_event(item); | |
| 6423 break; | |
| 6424 } | |
| 6425 } | |
| 6426 | |
| 6427 // callbacks needed for contextual menu: | |
| 6428 static void | |
| 6429 dbGetContextualMenuCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
| 6430 MenuRef *menu, | |
| 1562 | 6431 UInt32 *helpType, |
| 1106 | 6432 CFStringRef *helpItemString, |
| 1562 | 6433 AEDesc *selection) |
| 1106 | 6434 { |
| 6435 // on mac os 9: kCMHelpItemNoHelp, but it's not the same | |
| 6436 *helpType = kCMHelpItemRemoveHelp; // OS X only ;-) | |
| 6437 *helpItemString = NULL; | |
| 6438 | |
| 6439 *menu = contextMenu; | |
| 6440 } | |
| 6441 | |
| 6442 static void | |
| 6443 dbSelectContextualMenuCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
| 6444 MenuRef menu, | |
| 6445 UInt32 selectionType, | |
| 6446 SInt16 menuID, | |
| 6447 MenuItemIndex menuItem) | |
| 6448 { | |
| 6449 if (selectionType == kCMMenuItemSelected) | |
| 6450 { | |
| 6451 MenuCommand command; | |
| 6452 GetMenuItemCommandID(menu, menuItem, &command); | |
| 6453 | |
| 6454 // get tab that was selected when the context menu appeared | |
| 6455 // (there is always one tab selected). TODO: check if the context menu | |
| 6456 // isn't opened on an item but on empty space (has to be possible some | |
| 6457 // way, the finder does it too ;-) ) | |
| 6458 Handle items = NewHandle(0); | |
| 6459 if (items != NULL) | |
| 6460 { | |
| 6461 int numItems; | |
| 6462 | |
| 6463 GetDataBrowserItems(browser, kDataBrowserNoItem, false, | |
| 6464 kDataBrowserItemIsSelected, items); | |
| 6465 numItems = GetHandleSize(items) / sizeof(DataBrowserItemID); | |
| 6466 if (numItems > 0) | |
| 6467 { | |
| 6468 int idx; | |
| 6469 DataBrowserItemID *itemsPtr; | |
| 6470 | |
| 6471 HLock(items); | |
| 6472 itemsPtr = (DataBrowserItemID *)*items; | |
| 6473 idx = itemsPtr[0]; | |
| 6474 HUnlock(items); | |
| 6475 send_tabline_menu_event(idx, command); | |
| 6476 } | |
| 6477 DisposeHandle(items); | |
| 6478 } | |
| 6479 } | |
| 6480 } | |
| 6481 | |
| 6482 // focus callback of the data browser to always leave focus in vim | |
| 6483 static OSStatus | |
| 6484 dbFocusCallback(EventHandlerCallRef handler, EventRef event, void *data) | |
| 6485 { | |
| 6486 assert(GetEventClass(event) == kEventClassControl | |
| 6487 && GetEventKind(event) == kEventControlSetFocusPart); | |
| 6488 | |
| 6489 return paramErr; | |
| 6490 } | |
| 6491 | |
| 6492 | |
| 6493 // drawer callback to resize data browser to drawer size | |
| 6494 static OSStatus | |
| 6495 drawerCallback(EventHandlerCallRef handler, EventRef event, void *data) | |
| 6496 { | |
| 6497 switch (GetEventKind(event)) | |
| 6498 { | |
| 6499 case kEventWindowBoundsChanged: // move or resize | |
| 6500 { | |
| 6501 UInt32 attribs; | |
| 6502 GetEventParameter(event, kEventParamAttributes, typeUInt32, | |
| 6503 NULL, sizeof(attribs), NULL, &attribs); | |
| 6504 if (attribs & kWindowBoundsChangeSizeChanged) // resize | |
| 6505 { | |
| 6506 Rect r; | |
| 6507 GetWindowBounds(drawer, kWindowContentRgn, &r); | |
| 6508 SetRect(&r, 0, 0, r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top); | |
| 6509 SetControlBounds(dataBrowser, &r); | |
| 6510 SetDataBrowserTableViewNamedColumnWidth(dataBrowser, | |
| 6511 kTabsColumn, r.right); | |
| 6512 } | |
| 6513 } | |
| 6514 break; | |
| 6515 } | |
| 6516 | |
| 6517 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 6518 } | |
| 6519 | |
| 6520 // Load DataBrowserChangeAttributes() dynamically on tiger (and better). | |
| 6521 // This way the code works on 10.2 and 10.3 as well (it doesn't have the | |
| 6522 // blue highlights in the list view on these systems, though. Oh well.) | |
| 6523 | |
| 6524 | |
| 6525 #import <mach-o/dyld.h> | |
| 6526 | |
| 6527 enum { kMyDataBrowserAttributeListViewAlternatingRowColors = (1 << 1) }; | |
| 6528 | |
| 6529 static OSStatus | |
| 6530 myDataBrowserChangeAttributes(ControlRef inDataBrowser, | |
| 6531 OptionBits inAttributesToSet, | |
| 6532 OptionBits inAttributesToClear) | |
| 6533 { | |
| 6534 long osVersion; | |
| 6535 char *symbolName; | |
| 6536 NSSymbol symbol = NULL; | |
| 6537 OSStatus (*dataBrowserChangeAttributes)(ControlRef inDataBrowser, | |
| 6538 OptionBits inAttributesToSet, OptionBits inAttributesToClear); | |
| 6539 | |
| 6540 Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &osVersion); | |
| 6541 if (osVersion < 0x1040) // only supported for 10.4 (and up) | |
| 6542 return noErr; | |
| 6543 | |
| 6544 // C name mangling... | |
| 6545 symbolName = "_DataBrowserChangeAttributes"; | |
| 6546 if (!NSIsSymbolNameDefined(symbolName) | |
| 6547 || (symbol = NSLookupAndBindSymbol(symbolName)) == NULL) | |
| 6548 return noErr; | |
| 6549 | |
| 6550 dataBrowserChangeAttributes = NSAddressOfSymbol(symbol); | |
| 6551 if (dataBrowserChangeAttributes == NULL) | |
| 6552 return noErr; // well... | |
| 6553 return dataBrowserChangeAttributes(inDataBrowser, | |
| 6554 inAttributesToSet, inAttributesToClear); | |
| 6555 } | |
| 6556 | |
| 6557 static void | |
| 6558 initialise_tabline(void) | |
| 6559 { | |
| 6560 Rect drawerRect = { 0, 0, 0, DRAWER_SIZE }; | |
| 6561 DataBrowserCallbacks dbCallbacks; | |
| 6562 EventTypeSpec focusEvent = {kEventClassControl, kEventControlSetFocusPart}; | |
| 6563 EventTypeSpec resizeEvent = {kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowBoundsChanged}; | |
| 6564 DataBrowserListViewColumnDesc colDesc; | |
| 6565 | |
| 6566 // drawers have to have compositing enabled | |
| 6567 CreateNewWindow(kDrawerWindowClass, | |
| 6568 kWindowStandardHandlerAttribute | |
| 6569 | kWindowCompositingAttribute | |
| 6570 | kWindowResizableAttribute | |
| 6571 | kWindowLiveResizeAttribute, | |
| 6572 &drawerRect, &drawer); | |
| 6573 | |
| 6574 SetThemeWindowBackground(drawer, kThemeBrushDrawerBackground, true); | |
| 6575 SetDrawerParent(drawer, gui.VimWindow); | |
| 6576 SetDrawerOffsets(drawer, kWindowOffsetUnchanged, DRAWER_INSET); | |
| 6577 | |
| 6578 | |
| 6579 // create list view embedded in drawer | |
| 6580 CreateDataBrowserControl(drawer, &drawerRect, kDataBrowserListView, | |
| 6581 &dataBrowser); | |
| 6582 | |
| 6583 dbCallbacks.version = kDataBrowserLatestCallbacks; | |
| 6584 InitDataBrowserCallbacks(&dbCallbacks); | |
| 6585 dbCallbacks.u.v1.itemDataCallback = | |
| 6586 NewDataBrowserItemDataUPP(dbItemDataCallback); | |
| 6587 dbCallbacks.u.v1.itemNotificationCallback = | |
| 6588 NewDataBrowserItemNotificationUPP(dbItemNotificationCallback); | |
| 6589 dbCallbacks.u.v1.getContextualMenuCallback = | |
| 6590 NewDataBrowserGetContextualMenuUPP(dbGetContextualMenuCallback); | |
| 6591 dbCallbacks.u.v1.selectContextualMenuCallback = | |
| 6592 NewDataBrowserSelectContextualMenuUPP(dbSelectContextualMenuCallback); | |
| 6593 | |
| 6594 SetDataBrowserCallbacks(dataBrowser, &dbCallbacks); | |
| 6595 | |
| 6596 SetDataBrowserListViewHeaderBtnHeight(dataBrowser, 0); // no header | |
| 6597 SetDataBrowserHasScrollBars(dataBrowser, false, true); // only vertical | |
| 6598 SetDataBrowserSelectionFlags(dataBrowser, | |
| 6599 kDataBrowserSelectOnlyOne | kDataBrowserNeverEmptySelectionSet); | |
| 6600 SetDataBrowserTableViewHiliteStyle(dataBrowser, | |
| 6601 kDataBrowserTableViewFillHilite); | |
| 6602 Boolean b = false; | |
| 6603 SetControlData(dataBrowser, kControlEntireControl, | |
| 6604 kControlDataBrowserIncludesFrameAndFocusTag, sizeof(b), &b); | |
| 6605 | |
| 6606 // enable blue background in data browser (this is only in 10.4 and vim | |
| 6607 // has to support older osx versions as well, so we have to load this | |
| 6608 // function dynamically) | |
| 6609 myDataBrowserChangeAttributes(dataBrowser, | |
| 6610 kMyDataBrowserAttributeListViewAlternatingRowColors, 0); | |
| 6611 | |
| 6612 // install callback that keeps focus in vim and away from the data browser | |
| 6613 InstallControlEventHandler(dataBrowser, dbFocusCallback, 1, &focusEvent, | |
| 6614 NULL, NULL); | |
| 6615 | |
| 6616 // install callback that keeps data browser at the size of the drawer | |
| 6617 InstallWindowEventHandler(drawer, drawerCallback, 1, &resizeEvent, | |
| 6618 NULL, NULL); | |
| 6619 | |
| 6620 // add "tabs" column to data browser | |
| 6621 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyID = kTabsColumn; | |
| 6622 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyType = kDataBrowserTextType; | |
| 6623 | |
| 6624 // add if items can be selected (?): kDataBrowserListViewSelectionColumn | |
| 6625 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyFlags = kDataBrowserDefaultPropertyFlags; | |
| 6626 | |
| 6627 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.version = kDataBrowserListViewLatestHeaderDesc; | |
| 6628 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.minimumWidth = 100; | |
| 6629 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.maximumWidth = 150; | |
| 6630 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.titleOffset = 0; | |
| 6631 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.titleString = CFSTR("Tabs"); | |
| 6632 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.initialOrder = kDataBrowserOrderIncreasing; | |
| 6633 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.btnFontStyle.flags = 0; // use default font | |
| 6634 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.btnContentInfo.contentType = kControlContentTextOnly; | |
| 6635 | |
| 6636 AddDataBrowserListViewColumn(dataBrowser, &colDesc, 0); | |
| 6637 | |
| 6638 // create tabline popup menu required by vim docs (see :he tabline-menu) | |
| 6639 CreateNewMenu(kTabContextMenuId, 0, &contextMenu); | |
|
15134
f2972ff144ab
patch 8.1.0577: tabpage right-click menu never shows "Close tab"
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
15034
diff
changeset
|
6640 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("Close Tab"), 0, |
| 1106 | 6641 TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE, NULL); |
| 6642 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("New Tab"), 0, | |
| 6643 TABLINE_MENU_NEW, NULL); | |
| 6644 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("Open Tab..."), 0, | |
| 6645 TABLINE_MENU_OPEN, NULL); | |
| 6646 } | |
| 6647 | |
| 6648 | |
| 6649 /* | |
| 6650 * Show or hide the tabline. | |
| 6651 */ | |
| 6652 void | |
| 6653 gui_mch_show_tabline(int showit) | |
| 6654 { | |
| 6655 if (showit == 0) | |
| 1562 | 6656 CloseDrawer(drawer, true); |
| 1106 | 6657 else |
| 1562 | 6658 OpenDrawer(drawer, kWindowEdgeRight, true); |
| 1106 | 6659 } |
| 6660 | |
| 6661 /* | |
| 6662 * Return TRUE when tabline is displayed. | |
| 6663 */ | |
| 6664 int | |
| 6665 gui_mch_showing_tabline(void) | |
| 6666 { | |
| 6667 WindowDrawerState state = GetDrawerState(drawer); | |
| 6668 | |
| 6669 return state == kWindowDrawerOpen || state == kWindowDrawerOpening; | |
| 6670 } | |
| 6671 | |
| 6672 /* | |
| 6673 * Update the labels of the tabline. | |
| 6674 */ | |
| 6675 void | |
| 6676 gui_mch_update_tabline(void) | |
| 6677 { | |
| 6678 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 6679 int numTabs = getTabCount(); | |
| 6680 int nr = 1; | |
| 6681 int curtabidx = 1; | |
| 6682 | |
| 6683 // adjust data browser | |
| 6684 if (tabLabels != NULL) | |
| 6685 { | |
| 1562 | 6686 int i; |
| 6687 | |
| 6688 for (i = 0; i < tabLabelsSize; ++i) | |
| 6689 CFRelease(tabLabels[i]); | |
| 6690 free(tabLabels); | |
| 1106 | 6691 } |
| 6692 tabLabels = (CFStringRef *)malloc(numTabs * sizeof(CFStringRef)); | |
| 6693 tabLabelsSize = numTabs; | |
| 6694 | |
| 6695 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next, ++nr) | |
| 6696 { | |
| 6697 if (tp == curtab) | |
| 6698 curtabidx = nr; | |
| 1562 | 6699 tabLabels[nr-1] = getTabLabel(tp); |
| 1106 | 6700 } |
| 6701 | |
| 6702 RemoveDataBrowserItems(dataBrowser, kDataBrowserNoItem, 0, NULL, | |
| 6703 kDataBrowserItemNoProperty); | |
| 6704 // data browser uses ids 1, 2, 3, ... numTabs per default, so we | |
| 6705 // can pass NULL for the id array | |
| 6706 AddDataBrowserItems(dataBrowser, kDataBrowserNoItem, numTabs, NULL, | |
| 6707 kDataBrowserItemNoProperty); | |
| 6708 | |
| 6709 DataBrowserItemID item = curtabidx; | |
| 6710 SetDataBrowserSelectedItems(dataBrowser, 1, &item, kDataBrowserItemsAssign); | |
| 6711 } | |
| 6712 | |
| 6713 /* | |
| 6714 * Set the current tab to "nr". First tab is 1. | |
| 6715 */ | |
| 6716 void | |
|
7821
81794242a275
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/66f948e928d5e0cd3123af902aa8ac1613534c94
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
6819
diff
changeset
|
6717 gui_mch_set_curtab(int nr) |
| 1106 | 6718 { |
| 6719 DataBrowserItemID item = nr; | |
| 6720 SetDataBrowserSelectedItems(dataBrowser, 1, &item, kDataBrowserItemsAssign); | |
| 6721 | |
| 6722 // TODO: call something like this?: (or restore scroll position, or...) | |
| 6723 RevealDataBrowserItem(dataBrowser, item, kTabsColumn, | |
| 6724 kDataBrowserRevealOnly); | |
| 6725 } | |
| 6726 | |
| 6727 #endif // FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |